Technical data

ManualsBrandsSiemens ManualsCordless TelephoneModel 240

SINAMICS G120

Control Units CU240B-2

Control Units CU240E-2

Parameter Manual · 01/2011

SINAMICS

Summary of content (750 pages)

PAGE 1
SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B-2 Control Units CU240E-2 Parameter Manual · 01/2011 SINAMICS s
PAGE 2
PAGE 3
s Parameters Function diagrams SINAMICS Faults and Alarms SINAMICS G120 Control Units CU240B/E-2 Appendix List of Abbreviations Parameter Manual Valid for Index Firmware version Control Units CU240B-2 4.4 CU240B-2 DP 4.4 CU240E-2 4.4 CU240E-2 DP 4.4 CU240E-2 F 4.4 CU240E-2 DP F 4.
PAGE 4
Safety Guidelines This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger. Danger indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
PAGE 5
Contents 1 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 Introduction to Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explanation of list of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numerical ranges of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1-8 1-15 1.2 List of Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
Contents 2.17 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-649 Faults and Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-653 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 Faults and Alarms – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault reactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 7
1 Parameters Contents 1.1 Introduction to Parameters 1.2 List of Parameters 1.3 Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1-464 1.4 Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1-474 1.
PAGE 8
Parameters Introduction to Parameters 1.1 Introduction to Parameters 1.1.1 Explanation of list of parameters The layout of the parameter description is as follows (example only). Index r0068[0...1] Fig.
PAGE 9
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Parameter text (Long name/Short name) Indicates the name of the relevant parameter. Certain parameter names include the following abbreviated prefixes: BI, BO, CI, CO and CO/BO followed by a colon. These abbreviations have the following meanings: BI = BO = CI = CO = CO/BO = P9999 (0) Binector Input, i.e. parameter selects the source of a binary signal Binector Output, i.e. parameter connects as a binary signal r9999 r9999 (999:9) Connector Input, i.e.
PAGE 10
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Data type The data types available are shown in the table below.
PAGE 11
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Scaling Specification of the reference value with which a signal value is automatically converted for a BICO interconnection. Reference quantities, corresponding to 100 %, are required for the statement of physical units as percentages. These reference quantities are entered in parameters p2000 ... p2007. In addition to p2000 ... p2007 the following scalings are used:  PERCENT  4000H 1.
PAGE 12
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Can be changed Inverter state in which the parameter is changeable. Three states are possible:  Commissioning C(x)  Run U  Ready to run T In these states the parameter can be changed. One, two or all three states may be specified. If all three states are specified, it is possible to change the parameter setting in all three inverter states. (x) shows, that the parameter is only changeable when p0010 = x.
PAGE 13
Parameters Introduction to Parameters "Unit group" and "Unit selection" For parameters where the unit can be switched, the specifications for "Unit group" and "Unit selection" determine the group to which this parameter belongs and with which parameter the unit can be switched over. The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square parentheses after the values for "Min", "Max", and "Factory setting". Min Indicates the minimum value to which the parameter can be set.
PAGE 14
Parameters Introduction to Parameters Table 1-4 Unit group (p0505), continued Unit group Unit selection for p0505 = 1 2 3 Reference value at % 4 7_1 Nm % lbf ft % p2003 7_2 Nm Nm lbf ft lbf ft - 14_5 kW % HP % r2004 14_10 kW kW HP HP - 21_1 °C °C °F °F - 21_2 K K °F °F - 39_1 1/s2 % 1/s2 % p2007 Table 1-5 Unit group (p0595) Unit group Unit selection for p0595 = Value 9_1 Unit Reference value at % The values that can be set and the technological units
PAGE 15
Parameters Introduction to Parameters 1.1.2 Numerical ranges of parameters Note: The following numerical ranges of the parameters describe a general overview of SINAMICS parameters. The specific parameters are listed in Chapter 1.2.
PAGE 16
Parameters List of Parameters 1.2 List of Parameters Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4402100, Language: eng Objects: CU240B-2, CU240B-2 DP, CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP, CU240E-2 DP F, CU240E-2 F r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting - Description: Operating display for the drive.
PAGE 17
Parameters List of Parameters p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt CU240B-2 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240B-2 DP Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 49 Description: Factory setting 1 Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 18
Parameters List of Parameters p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt PM230 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 49 CU240E-2 DP F CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 1 Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 19
Parameters List of Parameters p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt PM240 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 95 CU240E-2 CU240E-2 DP CU240E-2 DP F CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 1 Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 20
Parameters List of Parameters p0014 Description: Value: Dependency: Caution: Notice: Note: Buffer memory mode / Buf mem mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Sets the mode for the buffer memory.
PAGE 21
Parameters List of Parameters p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit CU240B-2 DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: C, C(1) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 999999 Description: Factory setting 7 Runs the corresponding macro files. The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory. Example: p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
PAGE 22
Parameters List of Parameters r0021 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor speed.
PAGE 23
Parameters List of Parameters r0026 Description: Dependency: Notice: Note: r0027 Description: Dependency: Notice: Note: r0028 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage. Refer to: r0070 When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module (e.g.
PAGE 24
Parameters List of Parameters r0030 Current actual value torque-generating smoothed / Iq_act smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed torque-generating actual current.
PAGE 25
Parameters List of Parameters r0033 Description: Dependency: Note: r0034 Description: Dependency: Note: r0035 Description: Note: Torque utilization smoothed / M_util smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the smoothed torque utilization as a percentage.
PAGE 26
Parameters List of Parameters r0036 Description: Dependency: r0037[0...19] CO: Power unit overload I2t / PU overload I2t Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the power unit overload determined using the I2t calculation. A current reference value is defined for the I2t monitoring of the power unit.
PAGE 27
Parameters List of Parameters r0039 Energy consumption / Energy consumption Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [kWh] Max - [kWh] Description: Displays the electrical energy used since the last reset.
PAGE 28
Parameters List of Parameters r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop drive control from being commissioned.
PAGE 29
Parameters List of Parameters Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal. - there is a "switching on inhibited". Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. Bit 02 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0848 or p0849 is a 0 signal. Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal.
PAGE 30
Parameters List of Parameters r0047 Motor data ident. routine and speed controller optimization / MotID and n_opt Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 300 Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual status for the motor data identification (stationary measurement) and the speed/velocity controller optimization (rotating measurement).
PAGE 31
Parameters List of Parameters r0052.0...15 CO/BO: Status word 1 / ZSW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays status word 1.
PAGE 32
Parameters List of Parameters r0053.0...11 CO/BO: Status word 2 / ZSW 2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays status word 2.
PAGE 33
Parameters List of Parameters r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays control word 1.
PAGE 34
Parameters List of Parameters r0055.0...15 CO/BO: Supplementary control word / Suppl STW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays supplementary control word. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 08 09 11 12 13 15 Note: The following control bits are displayed in r0055: Signal name Fixed setp bit 0 Fixed setp bit 1 Fixed setp bit 2 Fixed setp bit 3 DDS select. bit 0 DDS select.
PAGE 35
Parameters List of Parameters r0056.0...15 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status word of the closed-loop control.
PAGE 36
Parameters List of Parameters r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator).
PAGE 37
Parameters List of Parameters r0066 CO: Output frequency / f_outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Hz] Max - [Hz] Factory setting - [Hz] Description: Displays the output frequency of the power unit. Dependency: Refer to: r0024 Note: The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066).
PAGE 38
Parameters List of Parameters r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Description: Displays the measured actual value of the DC link voltage. Dependency: Refer to: r0026 Notice: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module (e.g. PM240) a valid measured value is not supplied.
PAGE 39
Parameters List of Parameters r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Modulat_depth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the actual modulation depth. Dependency: Refer to: r0028 Note: For space vector modulation, 100% corresponds to the maximum output voltage without overcontrol.
PAGE 40
Parameters List of Parameters r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Data set: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Description: Displays the torque-generating current actual value (Iq_act). Dependency: Refer to: r0030 Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.
PAGE 41
Parameters List of Parameters r0082[0...2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Data set: - Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [kW] Max - [kW] Factory setting - [kW] Description: Displays the instantaneous active power.
PAGE 42
Parameters List of Parameters r0094 CO: Transformation angle / Transformat_angle Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2005 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [°] Max - [°] Description: Displays the transformation angle. Dependency: Refer to: r1778 Note: The transformation angle corresponds to the electrical commutation angle.
PAGE 43
Parameters List of Parameters r0197 Bootloader vers / Bootloader vers Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the bootloader version. Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0198 Note: Example: Factory setting - The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00. r0198[0...
PAGE 44
Parameters List of Parameters p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(2) Scaling: - Data set: PDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the actual code number from r0200 to acknowledge the power unit being used. Note: The parameter is used to identify when the drive is being commissioned for the first time.
PAGE 45
Parameters List of Parameters r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: PDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit hardware.
PAGE 46
Parameters List of Parameters r0206[0...4] Description: Index: Dependency: r0207[0...4] Description: Index: Rated power unit power / PU P_rated Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Min - [kW] Max - [kW] Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles.
PAGE 47
Parameters List of Parameters p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / V_connect Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(2), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 [V] Max 63000 [V] Factory setting 400 [V] Description: Sets the drive unit supply voltage (rms value of the phase-to-phase line supply voltage). Dependency: Set p1254, p1294 (automatic detection of the Vdc switch-on levels) = 0.
PAGE 48
Parameters List of Parameters p0230 Drive filter type, motor side / Drv filt type mot Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 2) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4 Description: Sets the type of the filter at the motor side.
PAGE 49
Parameters List of Parameters p0233 Power unit motor reactor / PU mot reactor Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(2), U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [mH] Max 1000.000 [mH] Factory setting 0.000 [mH] Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output.
PAGE 50
Parameters List of Parameters p0278 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold reduction / Vdc U_under red Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -80 [V] Max 0 [V] Factory setting 0 [V] Description: Sets the absolute value by which the threshold to initiate the undervoltage fault (F30003) is reduced.
PAGE 51
Parameters List of Parameters p0290 Description: Power unit overload response / PU overld response Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 2 Sets the response to a thermal overload condition of the power unit. The following quantities can result in a response to thermal overload: - heat sink temperature (r0037.0) - chip temperature (r0037.
PAGE 52
Parameters List of Parameters p0294 Power unit alarm with I2t overload / PU I2t alrm thresh Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10.0 [%] Max 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for the I2t power unit overload. Dependency: Refer to: r0036, p0290 Factory setting 95.
PAGE 53
Parameters List of Parameters p0300[0...n] Description: Motor type selection / Mot type sel Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 204 Factory setting 0 Selecting the motor type.
PAGE 54
Parameters List of Parameters p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the rated motor current (rating plate). Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 55
Parameters List of Parameters p0309[0...n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 99.9 [%] Description: Sets the rated motor efficiency (rating plate). Dependency: This parameter is only available for NEMA motors (p0100 = 1). Factory setting 0.0 [%] For a parameter value of 0.
PAGE 56
Parameters List of Parameters r0313[0...n] Description: Motor pole pair number, actual (or calculated) / Mot PolePairNo act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the number of motor pole pairs. The value is used for internal calculations. r0313 = 1: 2-pole motor r0313 = 2: 4-pole motor, etc. Dependency: For p0314 > 0, the entered value is displayed in r0313.
PAGE 57
Parameters List of Parameters p0318[0...n] Motor stall current / Mot I_standstill Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the stall current for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 58
Parameters List of Parameters p0323[0...n] Maximum motor current / Mot I_max Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 20000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the maximum permissible motor current (e.g. de-magnetizing current for synchronous motors).
PAGE 59
Parameters List of Parameters p0327[0...n] Description: Optimum motor load angle / Mot phi_load opt Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [°] Max 135.0 [°] Factory setting 90.0 [°] Sets the optimum load angle for synchronous motors with reluctance torque. The load angle is measured at the rated motor current.
PAGE 60
Parameters List of Parameters r0331[0...n] Description: Actual motor magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rtd act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Induction motor: Displays the rated magnetizing current from p0320. For p0320 = 0, the internally calculated magnetizing current is displayed.
PAGE 61
Parameters List of Parameters r0334[0...n] Actual motor-torque constant / Mot kT act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Min - [Nm/A] Max - [Nm/A] Description: Displays the torque constant of the synchronous motor used.
PAGE 62
Parameters List of Parameters p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation, motor/control parameters / Calc auto par Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 5 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and U/f open-loop and closed-loop control parameters from the rating plate data.
PAGE 63
Parameters List of Parameters p0341[0...n] Motor moment of inertia / Mot M_mom of inert Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Min 0.000000 [kgm²] Max 100000.000000 [kgm²] Description: Sets the motor moment of inertia (without load). Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg m^2 Factory setting 0.
PAGE 64
Parameters List of Parameters r0345[0...n] Nominal motor starting time / Mot t_start_rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [s] Max - [s] Factory setting - [s] Description: Displays the rated motor starting time. This time corresponds to the time from standstill up to reaching the motor rated speed and the acceleration with motor rated torque (r0333).
PAGE 65
Parameters List of Parameters p0350[0...n] Motor stator resistance, cold / Mot R_stator cold Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00000 [ohm] Max 2000.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0.00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the stator resistance of the motor at ambient temperature p0625.
PAGE 66
Parameters List of Parameters p0356[0...n] Description: Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak. Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00000 [mH] Max 1000.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Induction machine: sets the stator leakage inductance of the motor. Synchronous motor: Sets the stator quadrature axis inductance of the motor.
PAGE 67
Parameters List of Parameters p0360[0...n] Description: Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00000 [mH] Max 10000.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Sets the magnetizing inductance of the motor. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1, 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910).
PAGE 68
Parameters List of Parameters p0364[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.flux 3 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10.0 [%] Max 300.0 [%] Factory setting 115.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 69
Parameters List of Parameters p0367[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. I_mag 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5.0 [%] Max 800.0 [%] Factory setting 75.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 70
Parameters List of Parameters r0370[0...n] Description: Motor stator resistance, cold / Mot R_stator cold Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Displays the motor stator resistance at an ambient temperature (p0625). The value does not include the cable resistance. Dependency: r0372[0...
PAGE 71
Parameters List of Parameters r0377[0...n] Description: r0378[0...n] Motor leakage inductance, total / Mot L_leak total Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [mH] Max - [mH] Factory setting - [mH] Displays the stator leakage inductance of the motor including the motor reactor (p0233).
PAGE 72
Parameters List of Parameters r0395[0...n] Actual stator resistance / R_stator act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the actual stator resistance (phase value). Dependency: In the case of induction motors the parameter is also affected by the motor temperature model.
PAGE 73
Parameters List of Parameters p0500 Technology application / Tec application PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 3 Max 3 Description: Factory setting 3 Sets the technology application. The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using p0340 = 5.
PAGE 74
Parameters List of Parameters p0500 Technology application / Tec application PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the technology application. The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using p0340 = 5.
PAGE 75
Parameters List of Parameters p0505 Selecting the system of units / Unit sys select Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 4 Factory setting 1 Description: Adjustable parameter of the actual system of units. Value: 1: 2: 3: 4: Dependency: The parameter cannot be changed if the master control was fetched. Caution: If a per unit representation is selected and if the reference parameters (e.g.
PAGE 76
Parameters List of Parameters p0581 Measuring probe, edge / MT edge CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the edge to evaluate the measuring probe signal for speed actual value measurement.
PAGE 77
Parameters List of Parameters r0586 CO: Measuring probe, speed actual value / MT n_act CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] CU240E-2 F Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the speed actual value measured using the BERO.
PAGE 78
Parameters List of Parameters p0595 Selecting technological units / Select tech units Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 46 Factory setting 1 Description: Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller.
PAGE 79
Parameters List of Parameters p0596 Reference quantity, technological units / Ref tech units Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.00 Description: Sets the reference quantity for the technological units. When changing over using changeover parameter 595 to absolute units, all of the parameters involved refer to the reference quantity.
PAGE 80
Parameters List of Parameters p0605[0...n] Motor temperature fault threshold / Mot_temp flt thr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.0 [°C] Max 240.0 [°C] Factory setting 145.0 [°C] Description: Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 81
Parameters List of Parameters p0610[0...n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the system response when the motor temperature reaches the alarm threshold.
PAGE 82
Parameters List of Parameters p0612[0...n] Thermal motor model configuration / Therm Mot_mod conf Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the configuration for the thermal motor model.
PAGE 83
Parameters List of Parameters p0621[0...n] Description: Identification stator resistance after restart / Rst_ident Restart Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Selects the identification of the stator resistance after booting the Control Unit (only for vector control).
PAGE 84
Parameters List of Parameters r0623 Stator resistance of Rs identification after powering up again / R_Stator Reset_Id Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the identified stator resistance after the Rs identification after powering up again. Dependency: Refer to: p0621, p0622 p0625[0...
PAGE 85
Parameters List of Parameters p0628[0...n] Motor overtemperature rotor winding / Mot T_over rotor Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Min 20 [K] Max 200 [K] Factory setting 100 [K] Description: Defines the rated overtemperature of the squirrel cage rotor referred to ambient temperature.
PAGE 86
Parameters List of Parameters p0634[0...n] Description: Q flux flux constant unsaturated / PSIQ KPSI UNSAT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [Vsrms] Max 100.000 [Vsrms] Factory setting 0.000 [Vsrms] The non-linear and cross-coupled quadrature axis flux functions are defined using 4 coefficients.
PAGE 87
Parameters List of Parameters p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3), U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the current limit.
PAGE 88
Parameters List of Parameters p0651[0...n] Description: Motor operating hours maintenance interval / Mot t_op maint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [h] Max 150000 [h] Factory setting 0 [h] Sets the service/maintenance intervals in hours for the appropriate motor. An appropriate fault is output when the operating hours set here are reached.
PAGE 89
Parameters List of Parameters p0700[0...n] Command source selection / Cmd src sel CU240E-2 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 184 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the command source.
PAGE 90
Parameters List of Parameters p0700[0...n] Command source selection / Cmd src sel CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 184 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the command source.
PAGE 91
Parameters List of Parameters r0721 CU digital inputs, terminal actual value / CU DI actual value CU240B-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting - Displays the actual value at the digital inputs. This means that the actual input signal can be checked at terminal DI x or DI/DO x prior to switching from the simulation mode (p0795.
PAGE 92
Parameters List of Parameters r0722.0...11 CO/BO: CU digital inputs, status / CU DI status CU240B-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 11 Dependency: Refer to: r0723 Notice: To the terminal designation: Signal name DI 0 (T. 5) DI 1 (T. 6) DI 2 (T. 7) DI 3 (T. 8) DI 11 (T.
PAGE 93
Parameters List of Parameters r0723.0...11 CO/BO: CU digital inputs, status inverted / CU DI status inv CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the inverted status of the digital inputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 11 Dependency: Refer to: r0722 Notice: To the terminal designation: Signal name DI 0 (T. 5) DI 1 (T. 6) DI 2 (T. 7) DI 3 (T.
PAGE 94
Parameters List of Parameters p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 52.3 Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18). Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
PAGE 95
Parameters List of Parameters r0747 CU, digital outputs status / CU DO status CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Description: Displays the status of digital outputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 Note: DO: Digital Output Signal name DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18) DO 1 (NO: T. 21) DO 2 (NO: T. 24 / NC: T.
PAGE 96
Parameters List of Parameters r0751.0...9 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status of analog inputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 08 09 Note: AI: Analog Input r0752[0...
PAGE 97
Parameters List of Parameters r0755[0...1] Description: CO: CU analog inputs actual value in percent / CU AI value in % Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the currently referred input value of the analog inputs. When interconnected, the signals are referred to the reference quantities p200x and p205x. Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T.
PAGE 98
Parameters List of Parameters p0757[0...1] Description: CU analog inputs characteristic value x1 / CU AI char x1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -50.000 Max 160.000 Factory setting 0.000 Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 99
Parameters List of Parameters p0761[0...1] Description: Index: Dependency: Note: p0762[0...1] CU analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold / CU WireBrkThresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 20.00 Sets the response threshold for the wire breakage monitoring of the analog inputs. The unit for the parameter value depends on the set analog input type. [0] = AI0 (T.
PAGE 100
Parameters List of Parameters p0773[0...1] CU analog outputs smoothing time constant / CU AO T_smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [ms] Max 1000.0 [ms] Factory setting 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st-order low pass filter for the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal r0774[0...
PAGE 101
Parameters List of Parameters p0776[0...1] Description: CU analog outputs type / CU AO type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Sets the analog output type. p0776[x] = 1 corresponds to a voltage output (p0774, p0778, p0780 are displayed in V). p0776[x] = 0, 2 corresponds to a current output (p0774, p0778, p0780 are displayed in mA). Value: 0: 1: 2: Current output (0 mA .
PAGE 102
Parameters List of Parameters p0779[0...1] Description: CU analog outputs characteristic value x2 / CU char x2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -1000.00 [%] Max 1000.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 103
Parameters List of Parameters r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status of analog outputs.
PAGE 104
Parameters List of Parameters p0796 CU digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU DI simul setp CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240B-2 DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the digital input simulation mode. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 11 Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p0795.
PAGE 105
Parameters List of Parameters p0797[0...1] CU analog inputs simulation mode / CU AI sim_mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Sets the simulation mode for the analog inputs. Value: 0: 1: Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) Dependency: The setpoint for the input voltage is specified via p0798.
PAGE 106
Parameters List of Parameters p0803 Description: Data transfer: device memory as source/target / Dev_mem src/targ Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 12 Factory setting 0 Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to device memory. Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1): - Sets the target of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 10 --> PS010xxx.ACX is the target).
PAGE 107
Parameters List of Parameters p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1100 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 108
Parameters List of Parameters p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1100 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 109
Parameters List of Parameters p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to block the master control. Dependency: Refer to: r0807 Note: The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control. r0807.
PAGE 110
Parameters List of Parameters p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0 CU240B-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0).
PAGE 111
Parameters List of Parameters p0819[0...2] Copy Drive Data Set DDS / Copy DDS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Description: Copies one Drive Data Set (DDS) into another.
PAGE 112
Parameters List of Parameters p0826[0...n] Description: Note: r0835.2...8 Motor changeover, motor number / Mot_chng mot No. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Sets the freely-assignable motor number for the drive data set changeover. If the same motor is driven by different drive data sets, the same motor number must also be entered in these data sets.
PAGE 113
Parameters List of Parameters r0837.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input. Bit field: Bit 00 01 Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0820, p0821 Note: Drive data sets are selected via binector input p0820 and following. Signal name DDS select.
PAGE 114
Parameters List of Parameters p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.0 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)". For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 0 (STW1.0).
PAGE 115
Parameters List of Parameters p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1 CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.1 [1] 1 [2] 2090.1 [3] 2090.1 Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
PAGE 116
Parameters List of Parameters p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1 CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting 1 Sets the first signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 117
Parameters List of Parameters p0849[0...n] Description: BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 118
Parameters List of Parameters p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.3 [1] 1 [2] 2090.3 [3] 2090.3 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation".
PAGE 119
Parameters List of Parameters p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.10 [1] 1 [2] 2090.10 [3] 2090.10 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "control by PLC/no control by PLC".
PAGE 120
Parameters List of Parameters p0857 Description: Power unit monitoring time / PU t_monit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 100.0 [ms] Max 60000.0 [ms] Factory setting 10000.0 [ms] Sets the monitoring time for the power unit. The monitoring time is started after an 0/1 edge of the ON/OFF1 command.
PAGE 121
Parameters List of Parameters r0898.0...14 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the control word of the sequence control.
PAGE 122
Parameters List of Parameters p0918 PROFIBUS address / PB address CU240B-2 DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 126 Description: Factory setting 126 Displays or sets the PROFIBUS address for PROFIBUS interface on the Control Unit. The address can be set as follows: 1) Using the DIP switch on the Control Unit.
PAGE 123
Parameters List of Parameters r0945[0...63] Fault code / Fault code Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
PAGE 124
Parameters List of Parameters r0949[0...63] Fault value / Fault value Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred (as integer number). Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
PAGE 125
Parameters List of Parameters r0964[0...6] Device identification / Device ident. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the device identification.
PAGE 126
Parameters List of Parameters p0970 Description: Reset drive parameters / Drive par reset Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(1, 30) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 300 Factory setting 0 The parameter is used to initiate the reset of the drive parameters. Parameters p0100, p0205 are not reset. The following motor parameters are defined in accordance with the power unit: p0300 ... p0311.
PAGE 127
Parameters List of Parameters p0971 Save parameters / Save par Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 12 Description: Setting to save parameters in the non-volatile memory.
PAGE 128
Parameters List of Parameters r0980[0...299] List of existing parameters 1 / List avail par 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0981, r0989 Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
PAGE 129
Parameters List of Parameters r0990[0...99] List of modified parameters 1 / List chang. par 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0991, r0999 Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98.
PAGE 130
Parameters List of Parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240B-2 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Description: Factory setting 2 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 131
Parameters List of Parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240B-2 DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Description: Factory setting 6 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 132
Parameters List of Parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240E-2 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Description: Factory setting 2 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 133
Parameters List of Parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU240E-2 DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP F Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 200 Description: Factory setting 6 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 134
Parameters List of Parameters p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 1.
PAGE 135
Parameters List of Parameters p1006[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 6 / n_set_fixed 6 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 6.
PAGE 136
Parameters List of Parameters p1011[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 11 / n_set_fixed 11 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 11.
PAGE 137
Parameters List of Parameters p1016 Description: Value: Note: p1020[0...n] Fixed speed setpoint mode / n_setp_fixed mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Sets the mode to select the fixed speed setpoint. 1: Direct selection 2: Selection binary coded Re p1016 = 1: In this mode, the fixed speed setpoint is entered using p1001 ... p1004.
PAGE 138
Parameters List of Parameters p1023[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 / n_set_fixed Bit 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint. Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023. Displays the number of the actual fixed speed setpoint in r1197.
PAGE 139
Parameters List of Parameters p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0110 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 140
Parameters List of Parameters p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.13 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 141
Parameters List of Parameters p1038[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the minimum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer. Note: This parameter is automatically pre-assigned in the commissioning phase. Factory setting 0.
PAGE 142
Parameters List of Parameters p1042[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint / Mop auto setpoint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the motorized potentiometer in the automatic mode. Dependency: Refer to: p1041 p1043[0...
PAGE 143
Parameters List of Parameters p1048[0...n] Description: Motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Mop ramp-down time Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 1000.000 [s] Factory setting 10.000 [s] Sets the ramp-down time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 144
Parameters List of Parameters p1052[0...n] CI: Speed limit RFG negative direction of rotation / n_limit RFG neg CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting 9733[1] Sets the signal source for the speed limit of the negative direction on the ramp-function generator input. p1055[0...
PAGE 145
Parameters List of Parameters p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1 CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 0 [1] 722.1 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2. Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1059 Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
PAGE 146
Parameters List of Parameters p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 755[0] [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint. Examples: r1024: Fixed speed setpoint effective r1050: Motor.
PAGE 147
Parameters List of Parameters p1075[0...n] CI: Suppl setpoint / Suppl setpoint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for the supplementary setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p1076, r1077, r1078 p1076[0...
PAGE 148
Parameters List of Parameters p1082[0...n] Maximum speed / n_max Access level: 1 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 1500.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the highest possible speed.
PAGE 149
Parameters List of Parameters p1085[0...n] CI: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1083[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the speed limit of the positive direction. p1086[0...
PAGE 150
Parameters List of Parameters p1092[0...n] Skip speed 2 / n_skip 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets skip speed 2. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1093, p1094, p1101 Notice: Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel. p1093[0...
PAGE 151
Parameters List of Parameters p1108[0...n] BI: Total setpoint selection / Total setp sel Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the total setpoint. Dependency: The selection of the total speed setpoint is automatically interconnected to the status word of the technology controller (r2349.
PAGE 152
Parameters List of Parameters r1112 CO: Speed setpoint after minimum limiting / n_set n. min_lim Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Description: Displays the speed setpoint after the minimum limiting. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094, p1101 Factory setting - [rpm] p1113[0...
PAGE 153
Parameters List of Parameters p1115 Ramp-function generator selection / RFG selection Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the ramp-function generator type. Value: 0: 1: Note: Another ramp-function generator type can only be selected when the motor is at a standstill.
PAGE 154
Parameters List of Parameters p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time PM240 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 999999.000 [s] Description: Factory setting 10.000 [s] The ramp-function generator ramps-down the speed setpoint from the maximum speed (p1082) down to standstill (setpoint = 0) in this time.
PAGE 155
Parameters List of Parameters p1130[0...n] Ramp-function generator initial rounding-off time / RFG t_start_round PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 30.000 [s] Factory setting 2.000 [s] Description: Sets the initial rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down.
PAGE 156
Parameters List of Parameters p1134[0...n] Ramp-function generator rounding-off type / RFG round-off type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the smoothed response to the OFF1 command or the reduced setpoint for the extended ramp-function generator. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: No effect up to initial rounding-off time (p1130) > 0 s.
PAGE 157
Parameters List of Parameters p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 30.000 [s] Description: p1137[0...n] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Sets the initial rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator.
PAGE 158
Parameters List of Parameters p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / RFG enable CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.4 [1] 1 [2] 2090.4 [3] 2090.4 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator".
PAGE 159
Parameters List of Parameters p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.5 [1] 1 [2] 2090.5 [3] 2090.5 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator".
PAGE 160
Parameters List of Parameters p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.6 [1] 1 [2] 2090.6 [3] 2090.6 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint".
PAGE 161
Parameters List of Parameters p1145[0...n] Description: Ramp-function generator tracking intensity. / RFG track intens Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 Max 50.0 Factory setting 0.0 Sets the ramp-function generator tracking. The output value of the ramp-function generator is tracked (corrected) corresponding to the maximum possible drive acceleration.
PAGE 162
Parameters List of Parameters p1155[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 1 / n_ctrl n_set 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 1 of the speed controller. Dependency: The effectiveness of this setpoint depends on, e.g. STW1.4 and STW1.6.
PAGE 163
Parameters List of Parameters r1197 Fixed speed setpoint number actual / n_set_fixed No act Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of the selected fixed speed/velocity setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p1020, p1021, p1022, p1023 Note: If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ...
PAGE 164
Parameters List of Parameters p1200[0...n] Description: FlyRest oper mode / FlyRest op_mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4 Factory setting 0 Sets the operating mode for flying restart. The flying restart allows the drive converter to be powered up while the motor is still rotating.
PAGE 165
Parameters List of Parameters p1202[0...n] FlyRest srch curr / FlyRest I_srch PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [%] Max 400 [%] Description: Factory setting 90 [%] Sets the search current for the "flying restart" function. The value is referred to the motor magnetizing current.
PAGE 166
Parameters List of Parameters p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [%] Max 4000 [%] Factory setting 100 [%] Description: The value influences the rate at which the output frequency is changed during a flying restart . A higher value results in a longer search time.
PAGE 167
Parameters List of Parameters r1205.0...15 CO/BO: Flying restart, vector control status / FlyRest vector st Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status for checking and monitoring flying restart states in the vector control mode. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Note: Re bit 00 ...
PAGE 168
Parameters List of Parameters p1210 Description: Automatic restart, mode / AR mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 26 Factory setting 0 Sets the automatic restart mode (AR). The parameters must be saved in the non-volatile memory p0971 = 1 in order that the setting becomes effective.
PAGE 169
Parameters List of Parameters p1211 Automatic restart, start attempts / AR start attempts Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 10 Factory setting 3 Description: Sets the start attempts of the automatic restart function for p1210 = 4, 6, 14, 16, 26. Dependency: Refer to: p1210, r1214 Refer to: F07320 Caution: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" (r1214.
PAGE 170
Parameters List of Parameters p1213[0...1] Automatic restart, monitoring time / AR t_monitoring Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [s] Max 10000.0 [s] Factory setting [0] 60.0 [s] [1] 0.0 [s] Description: Sets the monitoring time of the automatic restart (AR).
PAGE 171
Parameters List of Parameters r1214.0...15 CO/BO: Automatic restart, status / AR status Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of the automatic restart (AR).
PAGE 172
Parameters List of Parameters p1215 Motor holding brake configuration / Brake config PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the holding brake configuration. Value: 0: 3: Dependency: Refer to: p1216, p1217, p1226, p1227, p1228 Caution: For the setting p1215 = 0, if a brake is used, it remains closed. If the motor moves, this will destroy the brake.
PAGE 173
Parameters List of Parameters p1217 Description: Motor holding brake closing time / Brake t_close Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 100 [ms] Sets the time to apply the motor holding brake.
PAGE 174
Parameters List of Parameters p1227 Description: Zero speed detection monitoring time / n_standst t_monit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 300.000 [s] Factory setting 300.000 [s] Sets the monitoring time for the standstill identification.
PAGE 175
Parameters List of Parameters p1231[0...n] DC braking configuration / DCBRK config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 14 Description: Setting to activate DC braking. Value: 0: 4: 5: 14: Dependency: Refer to: p0300, p1232, p1233, p1234, r1239 Note: The function is activated as soon as the activation criterion is fulfilled.
PAGE 176
Parameters List of Parameters p1232[0...n] DC braking, braking current / DCBRK I_brake Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the braking current for DC braking.
PAGE 177
Parameters List of Parameters p1240[0...n] Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration (vector control) / Vdc_ctr config vec PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the controller configuration of the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the closed-loop control mode. For U/f control: see p1280.
PAGE 178
Parameters List of Parameters r1242 Vdc_max controller switch-in level / Vdc_max on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [V] Max - [V] Description: Factory setting - [V] Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller. If p1254 = 0 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = off), then the following applies: r1242 = 1.15 * sqrt(2) * V_mains = 1.
PAGE 179
Parameters List of Parameters p1245[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 65 [%] Max 150 [%] Description: Factory setting 76 [%] Sets the switch-in level for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 180
Parameters List of Parameters p1250[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 1.00 Description: Sets the proportional gain for the DC-link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
PAGE 181
Parameters List of Parameters p1255[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold / Vdc_min t_thresh PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 1800.000 [s] Description: Factory setting 0.000 [s] Sets the time threshold for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering). If this value is exceeded a fault is output; the required response can be parameterized.
PAGE 182
Parameters List of Parameters p1280[0...n] Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the configuration of the controller for the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the U/f operating mode.
PAGE 183
Parameters List of Parameters r1282 Vdc_max controller switch-in level (U/f) / Vdc_max on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [V] Max - [V] Description: Factory setting - [V] Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller. If p1294 = 0 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = off), then the following applies: r1282 = 1.15 * sqrt(2) * V_mains = 1.
PAGE 184
Parameters List of Parameters p1287[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) (U/f) / Vdc_min dyn_factor PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 [%] Max 10000 [%] Description: Factory setting 100 [%] Sets the dynamic factor for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 185
Parameters List of Parameters p1293[0...n] Vdc min controller output limit (U/f) / Vdc_min outp_lim PM240 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Hz] Max 600.00 [Hz] Factory setting 600.00 [Hz] Description: Sets the output limit for the Vdc min controller (DC link undervoltage controller).
PAGE 186
Parameters List of Parameters p1297[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min n_thresh PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Description: Factory setting 50.00 [rpm] Sets the speed threshold for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 187
Parameters List of Parameters p1310[0...n] Description: Voltage boost permanent / U_boost perm Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 250.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] Defines the voltage boost as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305).
PAGE 188
Parameters List of Parameters p1312[0...n] Description: Voltage boost when starting / U_boost starting Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 250.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Setting for an additional voltage boost when powering-up, however, only for the first acceleration phase.
PAGE 189
Parameters List of Parameters p1321[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 1 / Uf char U1 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [Vrms] Max 10000.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 0.0 [Vrms] Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
PAGE 190
Parameters List of Parameters p1325[0...n] U/f control programmable characteristic voltage 3 / Uf char U3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [Vrms] Max 10000.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 0.0 [Vrms] Description: The programmable characteristic for the U/f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz/p1310.
PAGE 191
Parameters List of Parameters p1333[0...n] U/f control FCC starting frequency / U/f FCC f_start Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [Hz] Max 3000.00 [Hz] Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] Description: Sets the starting frequency at which FCC (Flux Current Control) is activated. Dependency: The correct operating mode must be set (p1300 = 1, 6).
PAGE 192
Parameters List of Parameters p1336[0...n] Slip compensation limit value / Slip comp lim val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [%] Max 600.00 [%] Factory setting 250.00 [%] Description: Sets the limit value for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip).
PAGE 193
Parameters List of Parameters p1340[0...n] Description: Dependency: Notice: Note: p1341[0...n] I_max frequency controller proportional gain / I_max_ctrl Kp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 Max 0.500 Factory setting 0.000 Sets the proportional gain of the I_max voltage controller.
PAGE 194
Parameters List of Parameters p1345[0...n] I_max voltage controller proportional gain / I_max_U_ctrl Kp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 Max 100000.000 Factory setting 0.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain for the I_max voltage controller.
PAGE 195
Parameters List of Parameters p1350[0...n] Soft starting / Soft starting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets whether the voltage is continuously increased during the magnetizing phase (p1350 = 1, On) or whether it jumps directly to the voltage boost (p1350 = 0, Off).
PAGE 196
Parameters List of Parameters p1400[0...n] Speed control configuration / n_ctrl config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1000 0000 0010 0001 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the closed-loop speed control.
PAGE 197
Parameters List of Parameters p1402[0...n] Closed-loop current control and motor model configuration / I_ctrl config Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the closed-loop control and the motor model. Bit field: Bit 02 r1406.4...
PAGE 198
Parameters List of Parameters r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the current controller status word. Bit field: Bit 00 01 03 10 12 13 14 p1416[0...
PAGE 199
Parameters List of Parameters r1444 Description: Speed controller, speed setpoint steady-state (static) / n_ctrl n_set stat Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Displays the sum of all speed setpoints that are present. The following sources are available for the displayed setpoint: - setpoint at the ramp-function generator input (r1119).
PAGE 200
Parameters List of Parameters p1456[0...n] Description: Speed controller P gain adaptation lower starting point / n_ctrl AdaptKpLow Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [%] Max 400.00 [%] Factory setting 0.00 [%] Sets the lower starting point of the adaptation range for the additional adaptation of the P gain of the speed controller.
PAGE 201
Parameters List of Parameters p1461[0...n] Speed controller Kp adaptation speed, upper scaling / n_ctrl Kp n upper Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 200000.0 [%] Factory setting 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the P gain of the speed controller for the upper adaptation speed range (> p1465).
PAGE 202
Parameters List of Parameters p1466[0...n] CI: Speed controller P-gain scaling / n_ctrl Kp scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the P gain of the speed controller. This also makes the effective P gain (including adaptations) scalable.
PAGE 203
Parameters List of Parameters p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the torque setting value when starting up with motor holding brake.
PAGE 204
Parameters List of Parameters p1479[0...n] CI: Speed controller integrator setting value scaling / n_ctrl I_val scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the integrator setting value (p1478) of the speed controller.
PAGE 205
Parameters List of Parameters p1489[0...n] Droop feedback scaling / Droop scaling Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 Max 0.500 Description: Sets the scaling for the droop feedback Dependency: Refer to: p1488, r1490, p1492 Note: Example: Factory setting 0.050 A value of 0.05 means that for a torque equal to the rated motor torque, the rated motor speed is reduced by 5 %.
PAGE 206
Parameters List of Parameters p1496[0...n] Acceleration pre-control scaling / a_before scaling Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 10000.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for the acceleration pre-control of the speed/velocity controller.
PAGE 207
Parameters List of Parameters p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU240B-2 DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 66 Description: Factory setting 6 Sets the source for the torque setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 208
Parameters List of Parameters p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU240E-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 77 Description: Factory setting 2 Sets the source for the torque setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 209
Parameters List of Parameters p1500[0...n] Torque setpoint selection / M_set sel CU240E-2 DP Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP F Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 77 Description: Factory setting 6 Sets the source for the torque setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 210
Parameters List of Parameters p1503[0...n] CI: Torque setpoint / M_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the torque setpoint for torque control.
PAGE 211
Parameters List of Parameters p1514[0...n] Supplementary torque 2 scaling / M_suppl 2 scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -2000.0 [%] Max 2000.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for supplementary torque 2. r1515 Supplementary torque total / M_suppl total Description: Factory setting 100.
PAGE 212
Parameters List of Parameters p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min -1000000.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the fixed, upper torque limit.
PAGE 213
Parameters List of Parameters p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2003 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1521[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit.
PAGE 214
Parameters List of Parameters r1527 CO: Torque limit lower without offset / M_max low w/o offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Data set: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Nm] Max - [Nm] Description: Displays the lower torque limit of all torque limits without offset. Dependency: Refer to: p1520, p1521, p1522, p1523, p1528, p1529 p1528[0...
PAGE 215
Parameters List of Parameters p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Min -100000.00 [kW] Max -0.01 [kW] Description: Sets the regenerative power limit. Dependency: Refer to: r0206, p0500, p1530 Note: The power limit is limited to 300% of the rated motor power. Factory setting -0.
PAGE 216
Parameters List of Parameters r1539 CO: Lower effective torque limit / M_max lower eff Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Data set: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Nm] Max - [Nm] Factory setting - [Nm] Description: Displays the currently effective lower torque limit.
PAGE 217
Parameters List of Parameters p1570[0...n] Description: CO: Flux setpoint / Flux setpoint Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 50.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 100.0 [%] Sets the flux setpoint referred to rated motor flux. Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
PAGE 218
Parameters List of Parameters p1574[0...n] Voltage reserve dynamic / U_reserve dyn PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.0 [Vrms] Max 150.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 10.0 [Vrms] Description: Sets a dynamic voltage reserve.
PAGE 219
Parameters List of Parameters r1583 Description: Flux setpoint smoothed / Flux setp smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the smoothed flux setpoint. The value is referred to the rated motor flux. p1584[0...
PAGE 220
Parameters List of Parameters p1596[0...n] Field weakening controller integral-action time / Field_ctrl Tn Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Description: Sets the integral-action time of the field-weakening controller.
PAGE 221
Parameters List of Parameters p1611[0...n] Supplementary accelerating torque (SLVC) / M_suppl_accel Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 30.0 [%] Description: Enters the dynamic torque setpoint for the low-speed range for sensorless vector control (SLVC). This parameter is entered as a percentage referred to the rated motor torque (r0333).
PAGE 222
Parameters List of Parameters p1654[0...n] Curr. setpoint torque-gen. smoothing time field weakening range / Isq_s T_smth FW Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.1 [ms] Max 50.0 [ms] Factory setting 4.8 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint of the torque-generating current components.
PAGE 223
Parameters List of Parameters r1718 Description: CO: Isq controller output / Isq_ctrl outp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Displays the actual output of the Isq current controller (torque/force generating current, PI controller). The value contains the proportional and integral components of the PI controller.
PAGE 224
Parameters List of Parameters p1726[0...n] Quadrature arm decoupling, scaling / Transv_decpl scal Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 75.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling of the quadrature arm decoupling Note: This parameter is ineffective for sensorless vector control. In this case, p1727 is always used.
PAGE 225
Parameters List of Parameters r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data set: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Description: Displays the direct-axis voltage setpoint Ud. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 r1733[0...
PAGE 226
Parameters List of Parameters p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting 0000 1100 bin Sets the configuration for the motor model. Bit 0 = 1: Forces open-loop speed-controlled starting (ASM). Bit 1 = 1: Forces the system to pass through frequency zero, open-loop-controlled (ASM).
PAGE 227
Parameters List of Parameters p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Unsigned8 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Sets the configuration for the motor model. Bit 0 = 1: Forces open-loop speed-controlled starting (ASM).
PAGE 228
Parameters List of Parameters r1751 Motor model status / MotMod status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the status of the motor model. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 p1755[0...
PAGE 229
Parameters List of Parameters p1758[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed/open-loop control / MotMod t cl_op Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 100 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 500 [ms] Description: Sets the minimum time for falling below the changeover speed when changing from closed-loop controlled operation to open-loop controlled operation.
PAGE 230
Parameters List of Parameters p1764[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp / MotMod woE n_adaKp Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 Max 100000.000 Factory setting 1000.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain of the controller for speed adaptation without encoder.
PAGE 231
Parameters List of Parameters r1773[0...1] Description: Index: p1774[0...n] Motor model slip speed / MotMod slip Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Displays estimated (speed) signals of the motor model. r1773[0]: Displays the estimated (mechanical) slip of the motor model. r1773[1]: Displays the estimated input speed of the motor model.
PAGE 232
Parameters List of Parameters r1778 Motor model flux angle difference / MotMod ang. diff. Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2005 Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [°] Max - [°] Factory setting - [°] Description: Dependency: Displays the difference between the motor model flux angle and the transformation angle. A setting for smoothing the display can be made using p1754. p1780[0...
PAGE 233
Parameters List of Parameters p1786[0...n] Description: r1787[0...n] Motor model Lh adaptation integral time / MotMod Lh Tn Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 100 [ms] Sets the integral time for the Lh adaptation of the motor model for an induction motor (ASM).
PAGE 234
Parameters List of Parameters r1797[0...n] Motor model kT adaptation corrective value / MotMod kT corr Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Nm/A] Max - [Nm/A] Factory setting - [Nm/A] Description: Displays the corrective value of the kT adaptation of the motor model for a permanent-magnet synchronous motor (PEM).
PAGE 235
Parameters List of Parameters p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 10 Factory setting 10 Description: Sets the modulator mode.
PAGE 236
Parameters List of Parameters p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode PM250 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Integer16 PM260 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 4 Factory setting 4 Description: Sets the modulator mode.
PAGE 237
Parameters List of Parameters p1806[0...n] Filter time constant Vdc correction / T_filt Vdc_corr Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [ms] Max 10000.0 [ms] Factory setting 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the filter time constant of the DC link voltage used to calculate the modulation depth.
PAGE 238
Parameters List of Parameters p1820[0...n] Description: Reverse the output phase sequence / Outp_ph_seq rev Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(2), T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Sets the phase sequence reversal for the motor without setpoint change. If the motor does not rotate in the required direction, then the output phase sequence can be reversed using this parameter.
PAGE 239
Parameters List of Parameters p1832 Description: Dead time compensation current level / t_dead_comp I_lev Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [Arms] Max 10000.0 [Arms] Factory setting 0.0 [Arms] Dependency: Sets the current level for the dead time compensation.
PAGE 240
Parameters List of Parameters p1901 Description: Test pulse evaluation configuration / Test puls config Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Sets the configuration for the test pulse evaluation. Re bit 00: Check for conductor-to-conductor short circuit when pulse is enabled.
PAGE 241
Parameters List of Parameters p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motor data identification.
PAGE 242
Parameters List of Parameters p1910 Description: Motor data identification selection / MotID selection Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 26 Factory setting 0 Sets the motor data identification routine. The motor data identification routine is carried out after the next power-on command.
PAGE 243
Parameters List of Parameters r1912[0...2] Identified stator resistance / R_stator ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Description: Displays the identified stator resistance. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1913[0...
PAGE 244
Parameters List of Parameters r1916[0...2] Identified stator inductance 1 / L_stator 1 ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [mH] Max - [mH] Factory setting - [mH] Description: Displays the nominal stator inductance identified for the 1st point of the saturation characteristic. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1917[0...
PAGE 245
Parameters List of Parameters r1925[0...2] Identified threshold voltage / U_threshold ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Index: Displays the identified IGBT threshold voltage. [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1926[0...
PAGE 246
Parameters List of Parameters p1960 Description: Rotating measurement selection / Rot meas sel Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Sets the rotating measurement. The rotating measurement is carried out after the next power-on command. The setting possibilities of the parameter depend on the open-loop/closed-loop control mode (p1300).
PAGE 247
Parameters List of Parameters p1965 Description: Speed_ctrl_opt speed / n_opt speed Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10 [%] Max 75 [%] Factory setting 40 [%] Sets the speed for the identification of the moment of inertia and the vibration test. Induction motor: The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency).
PAGE 248
Parameters List of Parameters r1969 Description: Speed_ctrl_opt moment of inertia determined / n_opt M_inert det Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Min - [kgm²] Max - [kgm²] Factory setting - [kgm²] Displays the determined moment of inertia of the drive. After it has been determined, the value is transferred to p0341, p0342.
PAGE 249
Parameters List of Parameters r1985 Description: PolID saturation curve / PolID sat_char Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Displays the saturation characteristic of the pole position identification routine (saturation technique). Displays the current characteristic of the pole position identification routine (elasticity technique).
PAGE 250
Parameters List of Parameters p2000 Description: Reference speed reference frequency / n_ref f_ref Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 6.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 1500.00 [rpm] Sets the reference quantity for speed and frequency. All speeds or frequencies specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 251
Parameters List of Parameters p2002 Description: Reference current / I_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.10 [Arms] Max 100000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 100.00 [Arms] Sets the reference quantity for currents. All currents specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity. The reference quantity in this parameter corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex.
PAGE 252
Parameters List of Parameters r2004 Description: Reference power / P_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [kW] Max - [kW] Factory setting - [kW] Displays the reference quantity for power. All power ratings specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity. The reference quantity in this parameter corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex.
PAGE 253
Parameters List of Parameters p2007 Description: Reference acceleration / a_ref Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.01 [rev/s²] Max 500000.00 [rev/s²] Factory setting 0.01 [rev/s²] Sets the reference quantity for acceleration rates. All acceleration rates specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 254
Parameters List of Parameters p2016[0...3] Description: CI: Comm IF USS PZD send word / Comm USS send word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Index: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via the commissioning interface USS. The actual values are displayed on an intelligent operator panel (IOP). [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 r2019[0...
PAGE 255
Parameters List of Parameters p2021 Field bus interface address / Field bus address CU240B-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 247 Description: Dependency: Notice: Note: Factory setting 0 Displays or sets the address for the fieldbus interface (RS485). The address can be set as follows: 1) Using the address switch on the Control Unit.
PAGE 256
Parameters List of Parameters p2024[0...2] Fieldbus interface times / Fieldbus times CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting [0] 1000 [ms] [1] 0 [ms] [2] 0 [ms] Description: Sets the time values for the fieldbus interface.
PAGE 257
Parameters List of Parameters p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol CU240B-2 DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 3 Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
PAGE 258
Parameters List of Parameters p2038 PROFIdrive STW/ZSW interface mode / PD STW/ZSW IF mode CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 2 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the interface mode of the PROFIdrive control words and status words.
PAGE 259
Parameters List of Parameters p2042 PROFIBUS Ident Number / PB Ident No. CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Factory setting 0 Note: Sets the PROFIBUS Ident Number (PNO-ID). SINAMICS can be operated with various identities on PROFIBUS. This allows the use of a PROFIBUS GSD that is independent of the device (e.g.
PAGE 260
Parameters List of Parameters r2050[0...7] CO: PROFIBUS PZD receive word / PZD recv word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus master. Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 p2051[0...
PAGE 261
Parameters List of Parameters r2053[0...7] PROFIdrive diagnostics send PZD word / Diag send word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus master.
PAGE 262
Parameters List of Parameters r2074[0...7] PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / Diag addr recv CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
PAGE 263
Parameters List of Parameters r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the addresses of the slaves (peers) where peer-to-peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS.
PAGE 264
Parameters List of Parameters p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 899.0 [1] 899.1 [2] 899.2 [3] 2139.3 [4] 899.4 [5] 899.5 [6] 899.6 [7] 2139.7 [8] 2197.7 [9] 899.9 [10] 2199.1 [11] 1407.7 [12] 899.12 [13] 2135.14 [14] 2197.3 [15] 2135.
PAGE 265
Parameters List of Parameters p2081[0...15] Description: BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form status word 2.
PAGE 266
Parameters List of Parameters p2083[0...15] Description: BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4.
PAGE 267
Parameters List of Parameters p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv CU240B-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Index: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.
PAGE 268
Parameters List of Parameters r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Connector output to interconnect the status words to a PZD send word.
PAGE 269
Parameters List of Parameters r2091.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 r2092.0...
PAGE 270
Parameters List of Parameters r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 r2094.0...
PAGE 271
Parameters List of Parameters r2095.0...15 Description: BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller. The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
PAGE 272
Parameters List of Parameters p2099[0...1] Description: CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter. A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on (interconnection).
PAGE 273
Parameters List of Parameters p2101[0...19] Setting the fault response / Fault response Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 6 Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 5: 6: Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
PAGE 274
Parameters List of Parameters p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge CU240B-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.7 [1] 722.2 [2] 2090.7 [3] 2090.7 Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
PAGE 275
Parameters List of Parameters p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Dependency: Sets the signal source for external fault 1. Refer to: F07860 Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. p2107[0...
PAGE 276
Parameters List of Parameters r2110[0...63] Alarm number / Alarm number Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: This parameter is identical to r2122.
PAGE 277
Parameters List of Parameters p2116[0...n] BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 2. Dependency: Refer to: A07851 Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. p2117[0...
PAGE 278
Parameters List of Parameters r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the sum of all of the fault and alarm buffer changes in the drive unit.
PAGE 279
Parameters List of Parameters r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm (as integer number). Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
PAGE 280
Parameters List of Parameters p2127[0...19] Description: Value: Dependency: Notice: Note: p2128[0...15] Sets acknowledgement mode / Acknowledge mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault.
PAGE 281
Parameters List of Parameters r2130[0...63] Fault time received in days / t_fault recv days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault occurred. Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2133, r2136 Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
PAGE 282
Parameters List of Parameters r2135.12...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the second status word of faults and alarms. Bit field: Bit 12 13 14 15 r2136[0...
PAGE 283
Parameters List of Parameters r2139.0...12 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the first status word of faults and alarms.
PAGE 284
Parameters List of Parameters p2142[0...n] Hysteresis speed 1 / n_hysteresis 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 300.00 [rpm] Factory setting 2.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the signal "f or n / v comparison value reached or exceeded" (BO: r2199.1). Dependency: Refer to: p2141, r2199 p2144[0...
PAGE 285
Parameters List of Parameters p2148[0...n] Description: BI: RFG active / RFG active Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source for the signal "ramp-function generator active" for the following signals/messages: "Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_on" (BO: r2199.4) "Ramp-up/ramp-down completed" (BO: r2199.
PAGE 286
Parameters List of Parameters p2151[0...n] Description: CI: Speed setpoint for messages/signals / n_set for msg Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1170[0] Sets the signal source for the speed setpoint for the following messages: "Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off" (BO: r2197.7) "Ramp-up/ramp-down completed" (BO: r2199.
PAGE 287
Parameters List of Parameters p2156[0...n] On delay, comparison value reached / t_on cmpr val rchd Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [ms] Max 10000.0 [ms] Factory setting 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the switch-in delay time for the signal "comparison value reached" (BO: r2199.1). Dependency: Refer to: p2141, p2142, r2199 p2157[0...
PAGE 288
Parameters List of Parameters p2161[0...n] Speed threshold 3 / n_thresh val 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 5.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed threshold value for the signal "|n_act| < speed threshold value 3" (BO: r2199.0). Dependency: Refer to: p2150, r2199 p2162[0...
PAGE 289
Parameters List of Parameters p2166[0...n] Off delay n_act = n_set / t_del_off n_i=n_so Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0 [ms] Max 10000.0 [ms] Factory setting 200.0 [ms] Description: Sets the switch-off delay time for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_off" signal/message (BO: r2197.7). Dependency: Refer to: p2163, p2164, r2197 p2167[0...
PAGE 290
Parameters List of Parameters p2172[0...n] Description: DC link voltage, threshold value / Vdc thresh val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2001 Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0 [V] Max 2000 [V] Factory setting 800 [V] Sets the DC link voltage threshold value for the following messages: "Vdc_act <= Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.9) "Vdc_act > Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 291
Parameters List of Parameters p2177[0...n] Motor locked delay time / Mot lock t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 65.000 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the message "Motor locked" (BO: r2198.6). Dependency: Refer to: p0500, p2175, r2198 Note: The following applies for sensorless vector control: Factory setting 3.
PAGE 292
Parameters List of Parameters p2181[0...n] Load monitoring response / Load monit resp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 6 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the response when evaluating the load monitoring.
PAGE 293
Parameters List of Parameters p2184[0...n] Description: Load monitoring speed threshold value 3 / n_thresh 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 1500.00 [rpm] Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring.
PAGE 294
Parameters List of Parameters p2188[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 2, lower / M_thresh 2 lower Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min 0.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. Dependency: The following applies: p2188 < p2187 Factory setting 0.
PAGE 295
Parameters List of Parameters p2193[0...n] Load monitoring configuration / Load monit config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the load monitoring configuration.
PAGE 296
Parameters List of Parameters r2197.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 1 / ZSW monitor 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the first status word for monitoring functions.
PAGE 297
Parameters List of Parameters r2198.0...13 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 2 / ZSW monitor 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the second status word for monitoring functions.
PAGE 298
Parameters List of Parameters p2200[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the technology controller. The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal. p2201[0...
PAGE 299
Parameters List of Parameters p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 50.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 5 of the technology controller.
PAGE 300
Parameters List of Parameters p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 10 of the technology controller.
PAGE 301
Parameters List of Parameters p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 150.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 15 of the technology controller.
PAGE 302
Parameters List of Parameters p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the fixed value of the technology controller.
PAGE 303
Parameters List of Parameters p2230[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer configuration / Tec_ctr mop config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0100 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 304
Parameters List of Parameters p2235[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer raise setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop raise Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 305
Parameters List of Parameters r2245 CO: Technology controller mot. potentiometer setpoint before RFG / Tec_ctr mop befRFG Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Sets the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: r2250 p2247[0...
PAGE 306
Parameters List of Parameters p2251 Technology controller mode / Tec_ctrl mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the mode for using the technology controller output. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: p2251 = 0, 1 is only effective if the enable signal of the technology controller is interconnected (p2200 > 0). p2253[0...
PAGE 307
Parameters List of Parameters p2257 Technology controller, ramp-up time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2258 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 308
Parameters List of Parameters p2263 Technology controller type / Tec_ctrl type Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Sets the technology controller type. Value: 0: 1: p2264[0...
PAGE 309
Parameters List of Parameters p2268 Description: Dependency: Technology controller lower limit actual value / Tec_ctrl l_lim act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting -100.00 [%] Notice: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 310
Parameters List of Parameters r2272 CO: Technology controller actual value scaled / Tech_ctrl act scal Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Min - [%] Max - [%] Description: Dependency: Displays the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 311
Parameters List of Parameters p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ stop Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 56.13 Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the technology controller. p2289[0...
PAGE 312
Parameters List of Parameters r2294 CO: Technology controller output signal / Tec_ctrl outp_sig Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the output signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 313
Parameters List of Parameters p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the offset of the output limiting of the technology controller.
PAGE 314
Parameters List of Parameters r2344 CO: Technology controller last speed setpoint (smoothed) / Tec_ctrl n_setp_sm Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the smoothed speed setpoint of the technology controller prior to switching to operation with fault response (see p2345).
PAGE 315
Parameters List of Parameters r2349.0...12 CO/BO: Technology controller status word / Tec_ctrl status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the technology controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 p2900[0...
PAGE 316
Parameters List of Parameters r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Description: Signal sources for frequently used percentage values.
PAGE 317
Parameters List of Parameters p3111[0...n] Description: BI: External fault 3, enable / Ext fault 3 enab Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Sets the signal source for the enable signal of external fault 3.
PAGE 318
Parameters List of Parameters r3131 CO: Current flt value / Current flt value Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Displays the fault value of the oldest active fault. Dependency: Refer to: r2131, r3132 r3132 CO: Actual component number / Act comp_no.
PAGE 319
Parameters List of Parameters p3233[0...n] Description: Torque actual value filter, time constant / M_act_filt T Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 [ms] Max 1000000 [ms] Factory setting 100 [ms] Sets the time constant of the PT1 element to smooth the torque actual value. The smoothed actual torque is compared with the threshold values and is only used for messages and signals.
PAGE 320
Parameters List of Parameters p3322[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow2 %, point 2 / Fluid flow mach Y2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 50.00 Description: The power (P) for point 2 on the Y coordinate of the flow characteristic is saved in p3322.
PAGE 321
Parameters List of Parameters p3326[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow4 %, point 4 / Fluid flow mach Y4 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 92.00 Description: The power (P) for point 4 on the Y coordinate of the flow characteristic is saved in p3326.
PAGE 322
Parameters List of Parameters p3330[0...n] Description: p3331[0...n] BI: 2-3-WIRE Control Command 1 / 2-3-WIRE CC_1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 The function of the 2-3-WIRE Control Command 1 depends on the selected 2-3-WIRE type.
PAGE 323
Parameters List of Parameters p3856[0...n] Compound braking current / Compound I_brake PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [%] Max 250.00 [%] Description: Factory setting 0.00 [%] Compound braking current is used to define the amount of DC current that is produced on stopping the motor during U/f operation to further increase the DC brake function.
PAGE 324
Parameters List of Parameters p3900 Description: Completion of quick commissioning / Compl quick_comm Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Exits quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) with automatic calculation of all parameters of all existing drive data sets that depend on the entries made during quick commissioning.
PAGE 325
Parameters List of Parameters r3926[0...n] Alternating voltage generation base voltage amplitude / Alt U_gen U_base Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Description: Displays the base voltage of the alternating voltage for the last motor data identification. 0: No alternating voltages, function de-activated.
PAGE 326
Parameters List of Parameters r3929[0...n] Motor data identification modulated voltage generation / MotID U_gen mod Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Configuration of voltage generation for the various MotID sections in the case of the most recent successful MotID. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 08 09 10 11 12 13 r3930[0...
PAGE 327
Parameters List of Parameters r3960[0...1] Control Unit temperature measured / CU temp measured CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [°C] Max - [°C] CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting - [°C] Displays the measured Control Unit temperature. An appropriate message is output when 87 °C is exceeded.
PAGE 328
Parameters List of Parameters p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the mode to change over the master control / LOCAL mode. Value: 0: 1: Danger: When changing the master control in operation, the drive can manifest undesirable behavior - e.g. it can accelerate up to another setpoint.
PAGE 329
Parameters List of Parameters r3988[0...1] Description: Boot state / Boot_state Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 800 Factory setting - Index 0: Displays the boot state.
PAGE 330
Parameters List of Parameters r3996 Description: Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays whether writing to parameters is inhibited. r3996 = 0: Parameter write not inhibited. 0 < r3996 < 100: Parameter write inhibited. The value shows how the calculations are progressing.
PAGE 331
Parameters List of Parameters r7843[0...20] Description: Notice: Note: r7901[0...43] Description: Memory card serial number / Mem_card ser.no Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the actual serial number of the memory card. The individual characters of the serial number are displayed in the ASCII code in the indices.
PAGE 332
Parameters List of Parameters r8571[0...39] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory. Dependency: Refer to: p0700 Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running. r8572[0...
PAGE 333
Parameters List of Parameters p8999 USB functionality / USB functionality Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 3 Description: Selecting the USB functionality. Value: 1: 2: 3: Note: COMM: Commissioning. Factory setting 3 USS commissioning via the virtual COM port Only memory access USB commissioning and memory access A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
PAGE 334
Parameters List of Parameters p9301 SI Motion enable safety functions (processor 2) / SI Mtn enable P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the enable signals for the safe motion monitoring.
PAGE 335
Parameters List of Parameters p9309 SI Motion behavior during pulse suppression (processor 2) / SI Mtn behav IL P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 DP F Factory setting 0000 0000 1111 1111 bin Description: Sets the behavior of safety functions and their feedback during pulse suppression in encoderless operation.
PAGE 336
Parameters List of Parameters p9321[0...7] SI Motion gearbox motor/load denominator (processor 2) / SI Mtn gear den P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 2147000000 Description: Index: Dependency: Notice: Factory setting 1 Sets the denominator for the gearbox between the motor and the load.
PAGE 337
Parameters List of Parameters p9342 SI Motion act. val. comparison tolerance (crossw.) (processor 2) / SI Mtn actV tol P2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.0010 [°] Max 360.0000 [°] Description: Dependency: Factory setting 12.0000 [°] Notice: Sets the tolerance for the cross-check of the actual position between processor 1 and processor 2.
PAGE 338
Parameters List of Parameters p9348 SI Motion SAM actual velocity tolerance (Motor Module) / SI Mtn SAM tol MM Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 120000.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the velocity tolerance for the "SAM" function. Dependency: Refer to: p9548 Factory setting 300.
PAGE 339
Parameters List of Parameters p9360 SI Motion pulse suppression shutdown speed (processor 2) / SI Mtn IL n_sh P2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10.00 [rpm] Max 6000.00 [rpm] Description: Factory setting 10.00 [rpm] Sets the shutdown speed for the pulse suppression.
PAGE 340
Parameters List of Parameters p9365 SI Motion SDI delay time (processor 2) / SI Mtn SDI t P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [µs] Max 600000000.00 [µs] Factory setting 100000.00 [µs] Description: Sets the delay time for the function "Safe motion direction" (SDI).
PAGE 341
Parameters List of Parameters p9370 SI Motion acceptance test mode (processor 2) / SI Mtn acc_mod P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max 00AC hex Description: Setting to select and de-select the acceptance test mode.
PAGE 342
Parameters List of Parameters p9383 SI Motion brake ramp monitoring time (processor 2) / SI Mtn rp t_mon P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 500.00 [ms] Max 1000000.00 [ms] Description: Factory setting 10000.00 [ms] Sets the monitoring time to define the brake ramp.
PAGE 343
Parameters List of Parameters p9389 SI Motion voltage tolerance acceleration (processor 2) / SI Mtn U tol P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 10.00 [%] Max 1000.00 [%] Description: Factory setting 100.00 [%] Sets the voltage tolerance for suppressing acceleration peaks.
PAGE 344
Parameters List of Parameters p9400 Description: Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 100 Factory setting 0 Setting and display when memory card is "removed safely". Procedure: Setting p9400 = 2 results in a value of 3 --> The memory card can be removed safely. After removal the value sets itself to 0 automatically.
PAGE 345
Parameters List of Parameters r9406[0...19] Description: Dependency: Note: r9407[0...19] Description: Dependency: Note: r9408[0...
PAGE 346
Parameters List of Parameters r9409 Number of parameters to be saved / Qty par to save Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of modified parameters and those that have still not be saved for this drive object. Dependency: Refer to: p0971 Note: The modified parameters that still need to be saved are internally listed in r9410 ... r9419.
PAGE 347
Parameters List of Parameters r9486 Description: Dependency: Note: BICO interconnections signal source search first index / BICO S_src srchIdx Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the first index of the signal source being searched for.
PAGE 348
Parameters List of Parameters p9506 SI Motion function specification (processor 1) / SI Mtn fct_spc P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the function specification for the safe motion monitoring.
PAGE 349
Parameters List of Parameters p9509 SI Motion behavior during pulse suppression (processor 1) / SI Mtn behav IL P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 DP F Factory setting 0000 0000 1111 1111 bin Description: Sets the behavior of safety functions and their feedback during pulse suppression in encoderless operation.
PAGE 350
Parameters List of Parameters p9521[0...7] SI Motion gearbox motor/load denominator (processor 1) / SI Mtn gear den P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 2147000000 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the denominator for the gearbox between the motor and the load.
PAGE 351
Parameters List of Parameters p9533 SI Motion SLS setpoint speed limit (processor 1) / SI Mtn SLS set_lim CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.000 [%] Max 100.000 [%] Factory setting 80.000 [%] Description: This is an evaluation factor to define the setpoint limit from the selected actual speed limit.
PAGE 352
Parameters List of Parameters p9546 SI Motion SSM velocity limit (processor 1) / SI Mtn SSM v_limP1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 100000.00 [rpm] Description: Factory setting 20.00 [rpm] Sets the velocity limit for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill (n < nx).
PAGE 353
Parameters List of Parameters p9556 SI Motion pulse suppression delay time (processor 1) / SI Mtn IL t_del P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [ms] Max 600000.00 [ms] Description: Factory setting 600000.00 [ms] Sets the delay time for the safe pulse suppression after STOP B.
PAGE 354
Parameters List of Parameters p9563[0...3] SI Motion SLS-specific stop response (processor 1) / SI Mtn SLS stop P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Factory setting 0 Sets the SLS-specific stop response for the function "Safely-Limited Speed" (SLS). These settings apply to the individual limit values for SLS.
PAGE 355
Parameters List of Parameters p9566 SI Motion SDI stop response (processor 1) / SI Mtn SDI Stop P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 1 Description: Factory setting 1 Sets the stop response for the function "Safe motion direction" (SDI). This setting applies to both directions of motion.
PAGE 356
Parameters List of Parameters r9571 SI Motion acceptance test status (processor 1) / SI Mtn acc_status CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max 00AC hex Description: Displays the status of the acceptance test mode.
PAGE 357
Parameters List of Parameters p9586 SI Motion delay time of the evaluation sensorless (CU) / SI Mtn t_del SL CU CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5.00 [ms] Max 1000.00 [ms] Factory setting 100.00 [ms] Description: Sets the evaluation delay for encoderless actual value sensing after pulse enable.
PAGE 358
Parameters List of Parameters r9590[0...3] SI Motion version safety motion monitoring (processor 1) / SI Mtn version P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the Safety Integrated version for the safe monitoring functions.
PAGE 359
Parameters List of Parameters p9601 SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 DP Description: Factory setting 0000 bin Sets the enable signals for safety functions on processor 1 that are integrated in the drive.
PAGE 360
Parameters List of Parameters p9601 SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (processor 1) / SI enable fct P1 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 0000 bin Sets the enable signals for safety functions on processor 1 that are integrated in the drive.
PAGE 361
Parameters List of Parameters p9651 SI STO debounce time (processor 1) / SI STO t_debou P1 CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [ms] Max 100.00 [ms] CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 1.00 [ms] Sets the debounce time for the failsafe digital inputs used to control the "STO" function. The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds.
PAGE 362
Parameters List of Parameters p9700 SI copy function / SI copy function CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: C(95), U, T Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max 00D0 hex CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 0000 hex Setting to start the required copy function. After starting, the corresponding parameters are copied from processor 1 to processor 2.
PAGE 363
Parameters List of Parameters r9710[0...1] SI Motion diagnostics result list 1 / SI Mtn res_list 1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays result list 1 that, for the crosswise data comparison between the monitoring channels, led to the fault.
PAGE 364
Parameters List of Parameters r9713[0...3] SI Motion diagnostics position actual value load side / SI Mtn s_act load CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual load-side actual values of both monitoring channels and their difference.
PAGE 365
Parameters List of Parameters r9722.0...15 CO/BO: SI Motion status signals integrated in the drive / SI Mtn integ stat CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Status signal for safety-relevant motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive.
PAGE 366
Parameters List of Parameters r9723.0...16 CO/BO: SI Motion diagnostic signals integrated in the drive / SI Mtn integ diag CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the diagnostic signals for safety-relevant motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive.
PAGE 367
Parameters List of Parameters r9728[0...2] SI Motion actual checksum SI parameters (processor 1) / SI Mtn act CRC P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the checksum over the checked Safety Integrated parameters of the motion monitoring functions (actual checksum).
PAGE 368
Parameters List of Parameters r9733[0...2] CO: SI Motion setpoint speed limit effective / SI Mtn setp_lim CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Data set: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Description: Factory setting - [rpm] Displays the necessary setpoint speed limit as a result of the selected motion monitoring functions.
PAGE 369
Parameters List of Parameters r9742.0...15 CO/BO: SI Motion drive-integrated status signals (processor 2) / SI Mtn int stat P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Status signal for safety-relevant motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive.
PAGE 370
Parameters List of Parameters p9763 SI password acknowledgement / SI ackn password CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex CU240E-2 F Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Dependency: Note: Acknowledges the new Safety Integrated password. Refer to: p9762 The new password entered into p9762 must be re-entered in order to acknowledge.
PAGE 371
Parameters List of Parameters r9771 SI common functions (processor 1) / SI general fct P1 CU240E-2 DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting - Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions. Processor 1 determines this display.
PAGE 372
Parameters List of Parameters r9772.0...20 CO/BO: SI status (processor 1) / SI status P1 CU240E-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Factory setting - Description: Displays the Safety Integrated status on processor 1.
PAGE 373
Parameters List of Parameters r9776 SI diagnostics / SI diagnostics CU240E-2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Description: The parameter is used for diagnostics.
PAGE 374
Parameters List of Parameters r9794[0...19] SI crosswise comparison list (processor 1) / SI CDC_list P1 CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting - Displays the numbers of the data items that are currently being compared crosswise on processor 1.
PAGE 375
Parameters List of Parameters p9801 SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (processor 2) / SI enable fct P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 Description: Factory setting 0000 bin Sets the enable signals for safety functions on processor 2 that are integrated in the drive.
PAGE 376
Parameters List of Parameters p9801 SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (processor 2) / SI enable fct P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 DP F Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the enable signals for safety functions on processor 2 that are integrated in the drive.
PAGE 377
Parameters List of Parameters p9801 SI enable, functions integrated in the drive (processor 2) / SI enable fct P2 PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250 Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 0000 bin Sets the enable signals for safety functions on processor 2 that are integrated in the drive.
PAGE 378
Parameters List of Parameters p9851 SI STO debounce time (processor 2) / SI STO t_debou P2 CU240E-2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 [µs] Max 100000.00 [µs] CU240E-2 F Description: Factory setting 0.00 [µs] Sets the debounce time for the failsafe digital inputs used to control the "STO" function. The debounce time is rounded to whole milliseconds.
PAGE 379
Parameters List of Parameters r9871 SI common functions (processor 2) / SI common fct P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting - Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions. Processor 2 determines this display.
PAGE 380
Parameters List of Parameters r9872.0...20 CO/BO: SI status (processor 2) / SI Status P2 CU240E-2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 DP Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - CU240E-2 DP F Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - CU240E-2 F Factory setting - Description: Displays the Safety Integrated status on processor 2.
PAGE 381
Parameters List of Parameters r9925[0...99] Firmware file incorrect / FW file incorr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the directory and name of the file whose status as shipped from the factory was identified as impermissible. Dependency: Refer to: r9926 Refer to: A01016 Note: The directory and name of the file is displayed in the ASCII code.
PAGE 382
Parameters List of Parameters p9931[0...129] System logbook module selection / SYSLOG mod select. Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Description: Only for service purposes.
PAGE 383
Parameters List of Parameters r9976[0...7] Description: System utilization / Sys util Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the system utilization. If the utilization is greater than 100%, fault F01054 is output.
PAGE 384
Parameters List of Parameters p10006 SI acknowledgement internal event F-DI (processor 1) / SI ackn int evt P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 255 Description: Factory setting 0 Select a safety-relevant digital input for the signal "acknowledge internal event" (internal fault). The falling edge at this input resets the status "internal event" in the drive.
PAGE 385
Parameters List of Parameters p10022 SI STO input terminal (processor 1) / SI STO F-DI P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 255 Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "STO" function.
PAGE 386
Parameters List of Parameters p10026 SI SLS input terminal (processor 1) / SI SLS F-DI P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 255 Description: Value: Factory setting 0 Dependency: Note: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SLS" function.
PAGE 387
Parameters List of Parameters r10049 SI F-DI monitoring status (processor 1) / SI F-DI status P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting - Displays the monitoring status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI). The F-DIs that are being used by the Safety Integrated functions are displayed.
PAGE 388
Parameters List of Parameters r10051.0...2 CO/BO: SI digital inputs status (processor 1) / SI DI status P1 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting - Displays the single-channel, logical, and debounced status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI). The parameter is updated in the SI Motion monitoring clock cycle.
PAGE 389
Parameters List of Parameters p10106 SI acknowledgement internal event F-DI (processor 2) / SI ackn int evt P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 255 Description: Factory setting 0 Select a safety-relevant digital input for the signal "acknowledge internal event" (internal fault). The falling edge at this input resets the status "internal event" in the drive.
PAGE 390
Parameters List of Parameters p10123 SI SS1 input terminal (processor 2) / SI SS1 F-DI P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 255 Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SS1" function.
PAGE 391
Parameters List of Parameters p10130 SI SDI positive input terminal (processor 2) / SI SDI pos DI P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: C(95) Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 255 Description: Sets the fail-safe digital input (F-DI) for the "SDI positive" function.
PAGE 392
Parameters List of Parameters r10149 SI F-DI monitoring status (processor 2) / SI F-DI status P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting - Displays the monitoring status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI). The F-DIs that are being used by the Safety Integrated functions are displayed.
PAGE 393
Parameters List of Parameters r10151.0...2 CO/BO: SI digital inputs status (processor 2) / SI DI status P2 CU240E-2 DP F Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU240E-2 F Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Factory setting - Displays the single-channel, logical, and debounced status of the fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI). The parameter is updated in the SI Motion monitoring clock cycle.
PAGE 394
Parameters List of Parameters p20030[0...3] BI: AND 0 inputs / AND 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block.
PAGE 395
Parameters List of Parameters p20034[0...3] BI: AND 1 inputs / AND 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 1 of the AND function block.
PAGE 396
Parameters List of Parameters p20038[0...3] BI: AND 2 inputs / AND 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 2 of the AND function block.
PAGE 397
Parameters List of Parameters p20042[0...3] BI: AND 3 inputs / AND 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 3 of the AND function block.
PAGE 398
Parameters List of Parameters p20046[0...3] BI: OR 0 inputs / OR 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 0 of the OR function block.
PAGE 399
Parameters List of Parameters p20050[0...3] BI: OR 1 inputs / OR 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 1 of the OR function block.
PAGE 400
Parameters List of Parameters p20054[0...3] BI: OR 2 inputs / OR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block.
PAGE 401
Parameters List of Parameters p20058[0...3] BI: OR 3 inputs / OR 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 3 of the OR function block.
PAGE 402
Parameters List of Parameters p20062[0...3] BI: XOR 0 inputs / XOR 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 403
Parameters List of Parameters p20066[0...3] BI: XOR 1 inputs / XOR 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 1 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 404
Parameters List of Parameters p20070[0...3] BI: XOR 2 inputs / XOR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 2 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 405
Parameters List of Parameters p20074[0...3] BI: XOR 3 inputs / XOR 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 406
Parameters List of Parameters r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 0 of the inverter.
PAGE 407
Parameters List of Parameters p20084 NOT 1 run-time group / NOT 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Value: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 1 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 408
Parameters List of Parameters p20089 NOT 2 run sequence / NOT 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 180 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 2 within the run-time group set in p20088. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 409
Parameters List of Parameters p20094[0...3] CI: ADD 0 inputs / ADD 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 0 of the adder.
PAGE 410
Parameters List of Parameters r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 1 of the adder.
PAGE 411
Parameters List of Parameters p20104 SUB 0 run-time group / SUB 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 0 of the subtractor is to be called.
PAGE 412
Parameters List of Parameters p20109 SUB 1 run sequence / SUB 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 250 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance SUB 1 within the run-time group set in p20108. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20110[0...
PAGE 413
Parameters List of Parameters p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the factors X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance MUL 1 of the multiplier.
PAGE 414
Parameters List of Parameters r20119[0...2] CO: DIV 0 quotient / DIV 0 quotient Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for quotients Y = X1/X2, integer number quotients YIN, and division remainder MOD = (Y - YIN) x X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider.
PAGE 415
Parameters List of Parameters r20124[0...2] CO: DIV 1 quotient / DIV 1 quotient Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for quotients Y = X1/X2, integer number quotients YIN, and division remainder MOD = (Y - YIN) x X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider.
PAGE 416
Parameters List of Parameters r20129 CO: AVA 0 output Y / AVA 0 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.
PAGE 417
Parameters List of Parameters r20134 CO: AVA 1 output Y / AVA 1 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.
PAGE 418
Parameters List of Parameters p20139 MFP 0 pulse duration in ms / MFP 0 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 419
Parameters List of Parameters p20144 MFP 1 pulse duration in ms / MFP 1 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 420
Parameters List of Parameters p20149 Description: r20150 PCL 0 pulse duration in ms / PCL 0 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener.
PAGE 421
Parameters List of Parameters p20154 Description: r20155 PCL 1 pulse duration in ms / PCL 1 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener.
PAGE 422
Parameters List of Parameters p20159 PDE 0 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 0 t_del ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 423
Parameters List of Parameters p20164 PDE 1 pulse delay time in ms / PDE 1 t_del ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse delay time T in milliseconds of instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 424
Parameters List of Parameters p20169 Description: r20170 PDF 0 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 0 t_ext ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 425
Parameters List of Parameters p20174 Description: r20175 PDF 1 pulse extension time in ms / PDF 1 t_ext ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Setting parameter for pulse extension time T in milliseconds of instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 426
Parameters List of Parameters p20179 PST 0 pulse duration in ms / PST 0 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element.
PAGE 427
Parameters List of Parameters p20184 PST 1 pulse duration in ms / PST 1 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 60000.00 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element.
PAGE 428
Parameters List of Parameters r20189 BO: RSR 0 output Q / RSR 0 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop r20190 BO: RSR 0 inverted output QN / RSR 0 inv outp QN Factory setting - Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection
PAGE 429
Parameters List of Parameters r20194 BO: RSR 1 output Q / RSR 1 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Display parameter for output Q of instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop r20195 BO: RSR 1 inverted output QN / RSR 1 inv outp QN Factory setting - Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection
PAGE 430
Parameters List of Parameters r20199 Description: r20200 BO: DFR 0 output Q / DFR 0 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 431
Parameters List of Parameters r20204 Description: r20205 BO: DFR 1 output Q / DFR 1 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for output Q of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 432
Parameters List of Parameters p20209 BI: BSW 0 switch setting I / BSW 0 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch.
PAGE 433
Parameters List of Parameters p20214 BI: BSW 1 switch setting I / BSW 1 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch.
PAGE 434
Parameters List of Parameters p20219 BI: NSW 0 switch setting I / NSW 0 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch.
PAGE 435
Parameters List of Parameters p20224 BI: NSW 1 switch setting I / NSW 1 sw_setting Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the switch setting I of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch.
PAGE 436
Parameters List of Parameters p20229 LIM 0 upper limit value LU / LIM 0 upper lim LU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the upper limit value LU of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.
PAGE 437
Parameters List of Parameters p20235 LIM 0 run sequence / LIM 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 640 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LIM 0 within the run-time group set in p20234. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 438
Parameters List of Parameters r20241 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 1 QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 1 of limiter QL (lower limit reached), i.e. QL = 1 for X <= LL.
PAGE 439
Parameters List of Parameters p20246 PT1 0 smoothing time constant in ms / PT1 0 T_smooth ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0.00 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Sets the smoothing time constant T in milliseconds of instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 440
Parameters List of Parameters p20251 BI: PT1 1 accept setting value S / PT1 1 acc set val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant PT1 1 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 441
Parameters List of Parameters p20256[0...1] CI: INT 0 inputs / INT 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
PAGE 442
Parameters List of Parameters r20262 BO: INT 0 integrator at the upper limit QU / INT 0 QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the signal QU that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the upper limit value LU.
PAGE 443
Parameters List of Parameters p20267 LVM 0 interval average value M / LVM 0 avg value M Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 444
Parameters List of Parameters p20273 LVM 0 run-time group / LVM 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter is to be called.
PAGE 445
Parameters List of Parameters p20278 LVM 1 hyst HY / LVM 1 hyst HY Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for hysteresis HY of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 446
Parameters List of Parameters p20283 LVM 1 run sequence / LVM 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 730 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LVM within the run-time group set in p20282. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 447
Parameters List of Parameters p20288 DIF 0 run sequence / DIF 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 750 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIF 0 within the run-time group set in p20287. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 448
Parameters List of Parameters p20304 BI: NOT 5 input I / NOT 5 input I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 5 of the inverter.
PAGE 449
Parameters List of Parameters r20309 CO: ADD 2 output Y / ADD 2 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 2 of the adder.
PAGE 450
Parameters List of Parameters r20314 Description: BO: NCM 0 output QE / NCM 0 output QE Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for binary quantity QE of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator. QE is only set if X0 = X1.
PAGE 451
Parameters List of Parameters r20319 Description: BO: NCM 1 output QU / NCM 1 output QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for binary quantity QU of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator. QU is only set if X0 > X1.
PAGE 452
Parameters List of Parameters p20324[0...1] BI: RSR 2 inputs / RSR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop.
PAGE 453
Parameters List of Parameters p20329[0...3] BI: DFR 2 inputs / DFR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 454
Parameters List of Parameters p20334 BI: PDE 2 input pulse I / PDE 2 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 455
Parameters List of Parameters p20339 BI: PDE 3 input pulse I / PDE 3 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device.
PAGE 456
Parameters List of Parameters p20344 BI: PDF 2 input pulse I / PDF 2 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 457
Parameters List of Parameters p20349 BI: PDF 3 input pulse I / PDF 3 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device.
PAGE 458
Parameters List of Parameters p20354 BI: MFP 2 input pulse I / MFP 2 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 459
Parameters List of Parameters p20359 BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 460
Parameters List of Parameters p20372 CI: PLI 0 input X / PLI 0 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
PAGE 461
Parameters List of Parameters p20375[0...19] PLI 0 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 0 Y-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Sets the y-coordinates for the breakpoints (B0...B19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
PAGE 462
Parameters List of Parameters p20378 CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
PAGE 463
Parameters List of Parameters p20381[0...19] PLI 1 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 1 Y-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Data set: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Sets the y-coordinates for the breakpoints (B0...B19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
PAGE 464
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3 Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4402100, Language: eng, Type: CDS p0641[0...n] 1-464 CI: Current limit, variable / Curr lim var p0700[0...n] Command source selection / Cmd src sel p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0 p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1 p0840[0...
PAGE 465
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p1143[0...n] BI: Ramp-function generator, accept setting value / RFG accept set v p1144[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator setting value / RFG setting value p1155[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 1 / n_ctrl n_set 1 p1160[0...n] CI: Speed controller speed setpoint 2 / n_ctrl n_set 2 p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act p1330[0...
PAGE 466
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.2 p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller pre-control signal / Tec_ctrl prectrl p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl m_lm s_sc p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s p2299[0...n] CI: Technology controller limit offset / Tech_ctrl lim offs p3111[0...
PAGE 467
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p1101[0...n] Skip speed bandwidth / n_skip bandwidth p1120[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-up time / RFG ramp-up time p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time p1123[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-up time / RFG t_RU min p1127[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-down time / RFG t_RD min p1130[0...n] Ramp-function generator initial rounding-off time / RFG t_start_round p1131[0...
PAGE 468
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1-468 p1334[0...n] U/f control slip compensation starting frequency / Slip comp start p1335[0...n] Slip compensation, scaling / Slip comp scal p1336[0...n] Slip compensation limit value / Slip comp lim val p1338[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping gain / Uf Res_damp gain p1339[0...n] U/f mode resonance damping filter time constant / Uf Res_damp T p1340[0...n] I_max frequency controller proportional gain / I_max_ctrl Kp p1341[0...
PAGE 469
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p1703[0...n] Isq current controller pre-control scaling / Isq_ctr_prectrScal p1715[0...n] Current controller P gain / I_ctrl Kp p1717[0...n] Current controller integral-action time / I_ctrl Tn p1726[0...n] Quadrature arm decoupling, scaling / Transv_decpl scal p1727[0...n] Quadrature arm decoupling at voltage limit scaling / TrnsvDecplVmaxScal p1730[0...n] Isd controller integral component shutdown threshold / Isd_ctrl I_thresh p1740[0...
PAGE 470
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview p2175[0...n] 1-470 Motor locked speed threshold / Mot lock n_thresh p2176[0...n] Torque threshold value comparison delay time / M_thrsh comp T_del p2177[0...n] Motor locked delay time / Mot lock t_del p2178[0...n] Motor stalled delay time / Mot stall t_del p2179[0...n] Output load identification current limit / Outp_ld iden I_lim p2180[0...n] Missing output load delay time / No load t_delay p2181[0...
PAGE 471
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.3 p3325[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), X coordinate: n flow3 %, point 3 / Fluid flow mach X3 p3326[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow4 %, point 4 / Fluid flow mach Y4 p3327[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), X coordinate: n flow4 %, point 4 / Fluid flow mach X4 p3328[0...n] Fluid flow machine P = f(n), Y coordinate: P flow5 %, point 5 / Fluid flow mach Y5 p3329[0...
PAGE 472
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1-472 p0354[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold p0356[0...n] Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak. p0357[0...n] Motor stator inductance, d axis / Mot L_stator d p0358[0...n] Motor rotor leakage inductance / Mot L_rot leak p0360[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh p0362[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 / Mot saturat.flux 1 p0363[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat.
PAGE 473
Parameters Command and Drive Data Sets – Overview 1.3.4 p1232[0...n] DC braking, braking current / DCBRK I_brake p1233[0...n] DC braking time / DCBRK time p1234[0...n] Speed at the start of DC braking / DCBRK n_start p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW p1980[0...n] PolID technique / PolID technique p1999[0...n] Ang. commutation offset calibr. and PollD scaling / Com_ang_offs scal r3926[0...
PAGE 474
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4 Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.1 Binector Input Parameters Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4402100, Language: eng, Type: BI 1-474 p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 p0732 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 2 / CU S_src DO 2 p0782[0...
PAGE 475
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters p1501[0...n] BI: Change over between closed-loop speed/torque control / Changeov n/M_ctrl p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 p2081[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 p2082[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3 p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 p2084[0...
PAGE 476
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.2 p20163 BI: PDE 1 input pulse I / PDE 1 inp_pulse I p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs p20183[0...1] BI: PST 1 inputs / PST 1 inputs p20188[0...1] BI: RSR 0 inputs / RSR 0 inputs p20193[0...1] BI: RSR 1 inputs / RSR 1 inputs p20198[0...3] BI: DFR 0 inputs / DFR 0 inputs p20203[0...3] BI: DFR 1 inputs / DFR 1 inputs p20208[0.
PAGE 477
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters p1352[0...n] CI: Motor holding brake starting frequency signal source / Brake f_start p1455[0...n] CI: Speed controller P gain adaptation signal / n_ctrl Adpt_sig Kp p1466[0...n] CI: Speed controller P-gain scaling / n_ctrl Kp scal p1475[0...n] CI: Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake / n_ctrl M_sv MHB p1478[0...n] CI: Speed controller integrator setting value / n_ctr integ_setVal p1479[0...
PAGE 478
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.3 p20318[0...1] CI: NCM 1 inputs / NCM 1 inputs p20372 CI: PLI 0 input X / PLI 0 input X p20378 CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X Binector Output Parameters Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4402100, Language: eng, Type: BO r0751.0...9 1-478 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active r1025.
PAGE 479
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters r20189 1.4.
PAGE 480
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters r0034 1-480 CO: Motor utilization / Motor utilization r0035 CO: Motor temperature / Mot temp r0036 CO: Power unit overload I2t / PU overload I2t r0037[0...19] CO: Power unit temperatures / PU temperatures r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt. r0062 CO: Speed setpoint after the filter / n_set after filter r0063[0...
PAGE 481
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective / Suppl setpoint eff r1078 CO: Total setpoint effective / Total setpoint eff p1083[0...n] CO: Speed limit in positive direction of rotation / n_limit pos r1084 CO: Speed limit positive effective / n_limit pos eff p1086[0...n] CO: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation / n_limit neg r1087 CO: Speed limit negative effective / n_limit neg eff r1112 CO: Speed setpoint after minimum limiting / n_set n.
PAGE 482
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1-482 r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed r2121 CO: Counter, alarm buffer changes / Alrm buff changed r2131 CO: Actual fault code / Actual fault code r2132 CO: Actual alarm code / Actual alarm code r2169 CO: Actual speed smoothed signals / n_act smth message p2201[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 1 / Tec_ctr fix val 1 p2202[0...n] CO: Technology controller, fixed value 2 / Tec_ctr fix val 2 p2203[0.
PAGE 483
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters 1.4.
PAGE 484
Parameters Connector/Binector (BICO)-Parameters r9720.0...13 r9722.0...15 r9722.0...13 r9723.0...16 r9734.0...14 r9742.0...15 r9772.0...20 r9773.0...31 r9872.0...20 r10051.0...2 r10151.0...
PAGE 485
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) 1.5 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) The following parameters are necessary for quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). . Table 1-7 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Par.-No.
PAGE 486
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Table 1-7 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), continued Par.-No.
PAGE 487
Function diagrams 2 Contents 2.1 Contents: function diagrams 2-488 2.2 Explanations for the function diagrams 2-493 2.3 Overview 2-498 2.4 Input/Output Terminals 2-506 2.5 Communication 2-517 2.6 Internal control/status words 2-539 2.7 Braking Control 2-557 2.8 Safety Integrated 2-559 2.9 Setpoint channel 2-572 2.10 V/f control 2-582 2.11 Vector control 2-586 2.12 Free Function Blocks 2-606 2.13 Technology functions 2-627 2.14 Technology controller 2-629 2.
PAGE 488
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 2.1 2.2 Contents: function diagrams Explanations for the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-493 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-494 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-495 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 489
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 2.5.2 PROFIdrive / PROFIBUS (CU240B/E-2 DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-525 2410 – PROFIBUS, addresses and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-526 2420 – Telegrams and Process Data (PZD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-527 2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 490
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 2.8 Safety Integrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-559 2800 – Basic Functions, Parameter Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-560 2802 – Basic Functions, Monitoring functions and faults/alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-561 2804 – Basic Functions, Status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 491
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 6060 – Torque setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-591 6220 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (Vector control, PM230 / PM240) . 2-592 6490 – Speed control configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-593 6491 – Flux control configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 492
Function diagrams Contents: function diagrams 7270 – LVM (limit value monitor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-626 2.13 Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-627 7017 – DC brake (p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-628 2.14 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 493
Function diagrams Explanations for the function diagrams 2.
PAGE 494
Meaning Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with unit [Unit] and index range rxxxx[y..z] [y..z] or data set [C/D] © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 1) Parameter name from ...
PAGE 495
Fig. 2-2 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 2) Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions S 1 Logical inversion & AND element with logical inversion of an input signal Threshold value switch 1/0 1 y x Outputs at y a logical "1" if x < S. 0 S OR element 1 x1 Exclusiv-OR/XOR y =1 Outputs at y a logical "1" if x > S. y = 1 when x1 != x2 is.
PAGE 496
x T T x 0 Simple changeover switch 0 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (Part 3) The switch position is shown according to the factory setting (in this case, switch position 1 in the default state on delivery). 1 The digital signal x must have the value "1" without any interruption during the time T before output y changes to "1".
PAGE 497
Fig. 2-4 1030 – Handling BICO technology Binector: r0723.15 Connector: r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques). Connectors are also "CO:" display parameters (CO = Connector Output).
PAGE 498
Function diagrams Overview 2.
PAGE 499
Fig. 2-5 Signal Description Interconnection ... ... ... ... ... ... Receive telegram Header Permanently assigned telegrams [2440] ... [2442] Netto data Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Signal Description Trailer Interconnection ... ... ... ... ... ... LED Monitoring Axxxxx Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ...
PAGE 500
15 STW Sequence control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 1530 – Internal control/status words, data sets [2501] 0 15 0 Monitoring functions ZSW Sequence control 0 15 STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 STW Setpoint Channel 0 15 [2536] 0 Speed controller 15 STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 0 15 0 [2546] 0 15 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 31 STW DDS selection [8565] ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 15 [2
PAGE 501
Fig. 2-7 Main setpoint p1070 [C] (755[0]) Suppl setpoint p1075 [C] (0) 1550 – Setpoint channel © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 .8 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 .9 0 0 + p1071 + 0 1 Setp after limit [1/min] r1114 n_set_1 p1076 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1059 [D] (-150.
PAGE 502
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 1690 – Vector control, V/f control Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Slip compensation p1334, p1335 Speed actual value calculation [6310] [6320] Uf Res_damp gain p1338 [6310] n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 + + [6030.1] Ramp-function generator + + + f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6310] [3060] 60 I_max_ctrl f_outp [1/min] r1343 Mot PolePairNo act r0313 [D] [8016.
PAGE 503
Fig. 2-9 n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 [1550.
PAGE 504
|y| © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 1710 – Vector control, current control + f [1700.8] P iq controller f Modulat_depth [%] r0074 U_set K M_set total [Nm] r0079 Vdc act val [V] r0070 U_output [Veff] r0072 Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 |y| U_angle + + M Iq I_ctrl Kp p1715 [6710] Current setpoint filter U_output max [Veff] r0071 [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] Flux setpoint 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.
PAGE 505
Fig. 2-11 n_act [1/min] r0063[0] r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 III III Code Value coming going Fault cases qty 0 ... 65535 p0952 (0) Ayyyyy r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 III III Azzzzz alarms Code Value coming going III Fyyyyy n_act smth message [1/min] r2169[0] [6010] [8012] t_System relative 0 ...
PAGE 506
Function diagrams Input/Output Terminals 2.4 Input/Output Terminals Function diagrams 2221 – CU240B-2: Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI0 ... DI3) 2-507 2220 – CU240E-2: Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI0 ... DI5) 2-508 2223 – CU240B-2: Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11) 2-509 2222 – CU240E-2: Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11 ... DI12) 2-510 2231 – CU240B-2: Digital output (DO0) 2-511 2230 – CU240E-2: Digital outputs (DO0 ...
PAGE 507
Fig. 2-12 2221 – CU240B-2: Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI0 ... DI3) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 External power supply 24 V DC or NPN <1> PNP Kl.9 +24 V OUT Kl.9 +24 V OUT Kl.28 GND Kl.28 GND Kl.69 DI COM Kl.69 DI COM Kl.69 DI COM Kl.34 DI COM2 Kl.34 DI COM2 Kl.34 DI COM2 1 = Simulation on CU DI Simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 1 0 Kl.5 Kl.5 DI0 DI0 Kl.
PAGE 508
PNP © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2220 – CU240E-2: Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI0 ... DI5) Kl.9 +24 V OUT Kl.9 +24 V OUT Kl.28 GND Kl.28 GND Kl.69 Kl.34 DI COM DI COM2 Kl.69 Kl.34 DI COM DI COM2 1 = Simulation on DI COM DI COM2 CU DI simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 1 0 Kl.5 Kl.5 DI0 DI0 Kl.5 DI0 p0796.0 T p0795.1 24 V Kl.6 DI1 DI1 Kl.6 DI1 Kl.
PAGE 509
Fig. 2-14 2223 – CU240B-2: Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 For Example: <1> Kl.1 +10 V OUT Kl.2 GND 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.11 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl.3 Kl.4 AI0- 1 0 0 p0796.11 T 0 1 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.11 CU DI status r0722 r0722 .11 Sampling time of the DI : 4 ms 3 4 5 6 FP_2223_97_02.vsd 13.12.2010 V4.
PAGE 510
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2222 – CU240E-2: Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11 ... DI12) <1> Kl.1 +10 V OUT Kl.2 GND 1 = Simulation on CU DI Simulation p0795.11 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl.3 Kl.4 r0721.11 AI0+ (DI11) AI0- 1 0 0 p0796.11 Kl.11 <1> Kl. = Terminal 1 2 External Interfaces Analog inputs as Digital inputs (DI11 r0721.12 AI1+ (DI12) AI1- 1 0 T 1 1 CU DI Status inv r0723 r0723.
PAGE 511
Fig. 2-16 2231 – CU240B-2: Digital output (DO0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 CU DO inv p0748.0 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 0 p0730 (52.3) 1 <2> DO0 -1 NC NO Kl.18 Kl.19 COM Kl.20 2 3 4 5 6 FP_2231_97_02.vsd 13.12.2010 V4.4 7 Function diagram G120 CU240B-2 8 - 2231 - Function diagrams 2-511 1 External Interfaces Digital output (DO0) <2> Kl.
PAGE 512
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2230 – CU240E-2: Digital outputs (DO0 ... DO2) CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 p0730 (52.3) 0 <2> -1 1 DO0 NC NO Kl.18 Kl.19 COM Kl.20 CU DO inv p0748.1 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 1 0 p0731 (52.7) 2 -1 24 V 0V DO1 1 NO 0 Kl.21 Kl.22 0V CU DO inv p0748.2 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 2 0 p0732 (52.2) 4 DO2 -1 NC NO Kl.23 Kl.24 COM Kl.
PAGE 513
Fig. 2-18 9567 – CU240B-2: Analog input 0 (AI0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 <2> <3> CU AI type 0 ... 8 [0] (4)(4) p0756[0..1] <4> CU WireBrkThresh CU wire brk t_del 0.00 ... 20.00 0 ... 1000 [ms] [0] (2.00) p0761[0..1] (2.00) p0762[0..1] (100) [0] (100) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797[0..1] [0] (0)(0) 20 mA 3 20 mA 1 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" 3 0 I Kl.
PAGE 514
20 mA 3 20 mA 1 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" 3 0 <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 Current AI0/1 U U U Voltage I Kl.3 (Kl.10) I AI0/1 U I <1> I A D Kl.4 (Kl.11) 0 -10 CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797[0..1] (0) Hardware smoothing 100 μs + Type switching Analog input CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] p0760[0..1] (100.00) 0 y CU AI char y1 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] p0758[0..1] (0.00) [%] x2 x y1 Scaling Reference quantities p2000 r2004 CU AI value in % [%] r0755[0.
PAGE 515
Fig. 2-20 D y AO0+ A 4 mA y1 Scaling Kl.12 GND Voltage output 2 % Kl.13 y x2 0 x2 x [%] 10 V CU char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] p0778[0..1] [0] (0)(0.000) <1> Smoothing x1 y2 x x1 1 0, 1 0 0 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774 [0] y 20 mA CU AO S_src p0771 [0] (21[0]) y <1> CU char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (20) p0780[0..1] (20.000) 0 CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] 0 ... 1 (0) p0773 [0] (0.0) p0775 [0] (0) (0) <4> CU AO type 0 ...
PAGE 516
y1 Scaling x1• 100 % x2 Kl.12 GND Voltage output AO0+ A 4 mA 10 V D y 0 2 % y x2 x2 x [%] 20 mA CU char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] p0778[0..1] [0] (0)(0.000) <1> Smoothing x1 0 x1 1 0, 1 y2 x 0 0 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774 [0] y Current output CU AO S_src p0771 [0] (21[0]) y <1> CU char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (20) p0780[0..1] (20.000) Kl.13 [%] Reference quantities p2000 r2004 <3> CU AO type 0 ... 2 p0776 [1] (0) (0) <1> y2 0 x x2 x [%] x1 1 CU char y1 -20.000 ...
PAGE 517
Function diagrams Communication 2.5 Communication 2.5.1 Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus) (CU240B/E-2) 2-518 2.5.
PAGE 518
Function diagrams Communication 2.5.
PAGE 519
Fig. 2-22 9310 – Configuration, addresses and diagnostics © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Fieldbus t_monit 0 ... 1999999 [ms] p2040 (100) T Monitoring functions Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 Fieldbus configuration t Field bus baud 44 ... ... 13 13 p2020 (8) Field bus address 30 00......247 p2021 (0) Field bus USS PZD 0 ...
PAGE 520
Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted 9342 – STW1 control word interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse cancellation & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 521
Fig. 2-24 9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Signal sources for fieldbus ZSW1 (p0700 = 6) Signal [Function diagram] [Function diagram] signal target internal control word Interconnection parameters Meaning Inverted <1> ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 522
r2050 [0] PZD receive word 1 r2090.15 PZD recv word r2091.0 <2> r2050 [1] PZD receive word 2 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO Fieldbus r2050 [2] PZD receive word 3 r2092.15 PZD recv word r2093.
PAGE 523
Fig.
PAGE 524
Bin/con ZSW3 p2082 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 9372 – Status words, free interconnection Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 0 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083 [0 15] [0] (0) (0.
PAGE 525
Function diagrams Communication 2.5.
PAGE 526
PB suppl t_monit 0 ... 20000 [ms] p2047 (0) Setting the PROFIBUS address © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2410 – PROFIBUS, addresses and diagnostics PD PZD state r2043.0 T Monitoring functions Alarms Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 A01920 "PROFIBUS: Cyclic connection interrupted" t > t_response <1> PD fault delay No cyclic telegrams from the 0 ... 100 [s] master p2044 (0) t PB address 1 ...
PAGE 527
Fig.
PAGE 528
2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 <3> PROFIdrive receive telegram Header r2090...r2095 Bit r2050[0...7] WORD ... Signal STW1 Netto data Trailer Signal receivers for PZD receive signals Telegram assignment <4> according to p0922 [2420] <4> <1> <2> PROFIdrive Interconnection parameter Signal No.
PAGE 529
Fig. 2-31 2441 – STW1 control word interconnection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Signal targets for STW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) Signal <1> Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted STW1.
PAGE 530
<1> Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted 2442 – STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse cancellation & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 531
Fig. 2-33 2444 – STW3 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Signal targets for STW3 in Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Signal <1> Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] - STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.
PAGE 532
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2450 – PZD send652 signals interconnection Signal PZD send word 1...8 p2051[0...7] WORD r2053[0...7] WORD <1> PROFIdrive Interconnection parameter Signal No.
PAGE 533
Fig. 2-35 2451 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Signal sources for ZSW1 in Interface Mode VIK-NAMUR (p2038 = 2) Signal <1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <2> ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 534
[Function diagram] [Function diagram] signal target internal control word Interconnection parameters Meaning Inverted <2> 2452 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 535
Fig. 2-37 2454 – ZSW3 status word interconnection (p2038 = 0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Signal sources for ZSW3 im Interface Mode SINAMICS (p2038 = 0) Signal <1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] internal status word [Function diagram] signal source Inverted ZSW3.0 1 = DC brake active 0 = DC brake not active [2511.7] [7017.5] - ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.
PAGE 536
r2090.0 r2090.15 PZD recv word r2091.0 PROFIBUS r2050 [1] PZD receive word 2 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2468 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) PROFIdrive receive telegram PZD receive word 3 Header PZD receive word 4 r2050 [2] r2093.0 r2050 [3] Data Trailer r2092.
PAGE 537
Fig.
PAGE 538
Bin/con ZSW3 p2082 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2472 – Status words, free interconnection Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080 [0 15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 0 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083 [0 15] [0] (0) (0.
PAGE 539
Function diagrams Internal control/status words 2.
PAGE 540
OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 [C] (1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2501 – Control word, sequence control OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (1) <2> <3> ON / OFF (OFF1) <3> OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) p0840 [C] (722.
PAGE 541
PROFIdrive-Bit Fig. 2-42 2503 – Status word, sequence control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Bit No. From the control unit 0 1 = Ready for switching on r0899.0 From the control unit 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1 From the control unit 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) r0899.2 From the control unit 3 1 = Jog active r0899.
PAGE 542
n_set_fixed Bit 2 n_set_fixed Bit 3 Inhib neg dir Inhib pos dir Setp inv Mop raise Mop lower Bypass RFG p1020 [C] (0) 0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 2 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 r1198.2 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 3 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 r1198.3 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] 4 Reserved (0) 5 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation r1198.
PAGE 543
Fig. 2-44 2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 ZSW 1 Bit No. [2503.7] r0899 r0899.1 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.2 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.3 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.4 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.5 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.6 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.7 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.7 ZSW monitor 1 [2503.
PAGE 544
Bit No. [7017.5] r1239 r1239.8 DCBRK ZSW [2534.7] r2197 r2197.5 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.0 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.8 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.2 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.1 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.4 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.9 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.10 ZSW monitor 1 [3080.7] r1199 r1199.2 RFG ZSW [7958.7] r2349 r2349.10 Tec_ctrl status [7958.7] r2349 r2349.
PAGE 545
Fig. 2-46 2512 – Control word 1 (r0054) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 STW 1 OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 [C] (1) OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (1) ON / OFF (OFF1) OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) 1. Acknowledge p2103 [C] (722.2) Bit No. STW seq_ctrl Operation enable RFG enable Continue RFG Setpoint enable r0898 r0898.0 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.1 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.2 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.3 [2501.
PAGE 546
[2505.7] r1198 r1198.0 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.1 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.2 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.3 STW setpoint chan [8565.7] r0837 r0837.0 DDS selected [8565.7] r0837 r0837.1 DDS selected [7958.6] r2349 r2349.0 Tec_ctrl status [7017.7] r1239 r1239.11 DCBRK ZSW [2520.7] r1406 r1406.11 STW n_ctrl [2520.7] r1406 r1406.12 STW n_ctrl [2546.7] r2138 r2138.13 STW fault/alarm [8560.
PAGE 547
Fig. 2-48 2520 – Control word, speed controller © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 n_ctrl integ stop p1476 [C] n_ctrl integ set p1477 [C] Droop enable Changeov n/M_ctrl 0 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved (0) 4 1 = speed controller, hold I component r1406.4 To the speed controller [6040.4] (0) 5 1 = speed controller, set I component r1406.5 To the speed controller [6040.
PAGE 548
r1407.0 1 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 1 = Torque limit reached (without pre-control) 2 1 = Closed-loop torque control active r1407.2 To speed setpoint, droop [6030.5] To torque setpoint [6060.3] 3 1 = Closed-loop speed control active r1407.3 4 Reserved From the speed controller [6040.7] 5 1 = Speed controller, I component held r1407.5 From the speed controller [6040.7] 6 1 = Speed controller, I component set r1407.6 From the torque setpoint [6060.
PAGE 549
Fig. 2-50 2526 – Status word, closed-loop control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Bit No. ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Status word closed-loop control (r0056) 0 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 2 1 = Pulses enabled r0056.2 3 1 = Soft starting available 4 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 5 1 = Starting boost active r0056.
PAGE 550
[6714.8] [6730.3] [8012.7] 1 2 Internal control/status words Status word, current control r2198 r2198.7 ZSW monitor 2 3 Status word closed-loop current control (r1408) 0 1 = Closed-loop current control active r1408.0 1 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation r1408.
PAGE 551
Fig. 2-52 2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Bit No. ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197 Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) From extended signals [8020.8] 0 1 = |n_act| <= n_min p1080 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold value 2 (p2155) 2 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 (p2155) From speed signals [8011.8] 3 1 = n_act >= 0 r2197.
PAGE 552
0 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold 5 r2198.0 From extended signals [8021.8] 1 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 5 r2198.1 From extended signals [8021.8] 2 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold 6 r2198.2 From extended signals [8021.8] 3 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold 6 r2198.3 From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = |n_set| < p2161 r2198.4 From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = n_set > 0 r2198.5 From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.8] 6 1 = Motor blocked r2198.
PAGE 553
PROFIdrive-Bit Fig. 2-54 2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Bit No. ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) From speed signals [8010.8] 0 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 554
PROFIdrive-Bit 2. Acknowledge p2104 [C] (0) <1> Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 3. Acknowledge p2105 [C] (0) <1> Pulse generator External fault 3 p2108 [C] <1> (1) 0 Ext fault 3 t_on 0 ... 1000 [ms] p3110 (0) Ext fault 3 enab p3111 [C] (1) <1> Ext flt 3 enab neg p3112 [C] <1> (0) T 0 To fault buffer [8060.1] r2138.
PAGE 555
Fig. 2-56 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Bit No. From the fault buffer [8060.6] From the alarm buffer [8065.4] ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2139 r2139 Status word, faults/alarms 1 0 1 = Acknowledgement running r2139.0 1 2 Reserved 3 1 = Fault present 4 5 Reserved 6 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 7 1 = Alarm present r2139.7 8 1 = Internal signal 2 present r2139.
PAGE 556
1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 1 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 2 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 3 1 = Operation enable missing r0046.3 4 1 = DC current brake, enable missing r0046.4 ... Reserved 10 1 = Ramp-function generator enable missing r0046.10 11 1 = Ramp-function generator start missing r0046.11 12 1 = Setpoint enable missing r0046.12 ... Reserved 16 1 = OFF1 enable internal missing r0046.16 17 1 = OFF2 enable internal missing r0046.
PAGE 557
Function diagrams Braking Control 2.
PAGE 558
1 T 0 RESET Q (Q=0) SET (Q=1) Q © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2701 – Basic braking control 1 0 Close "normal" brake & <5> n_standst t_monit 0.000 ... 300.000 [s] p1227 (300.000) n_standst n_thresh 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p1226 [D] (20.00) n_set before filt. [1/min] [6030.
PAGE 559
Function diagrams Safety Integrated 2.
PAGE 560
Safety commissioning mode [2802.1][2810.3] --> select STO SI act chksm P1 r9798 SI setp_chksm P1 p9799 <3> Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 SI password inp p9761 Enter password & = x SI password new p9762 <1> = Safety parameterizing enable Safety parameters p9601 ... p9899 can be changed & Safety parameters p9601 ...
PAGE 561
Fig. 2-60 2802 – Basic Functions, Monitoring functions and faults/alarms © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 [2810.3] STO terminal P1 (r0722.4) Safety Integrated version Monitoring clock cycle SI version Drv P1 r9770 SI mon_clk cyc P1 [ms] r9780 F01611 F30611 1 = Faults with response "NONE" Safety monitoring functions STOP F [2810.1] STO terminal P2 (r0722.5) SI status P1 r9772 [2804.2] r9772 .
PAGE 562
Status word Safety Integrated Status word Safety Integrated Processor2 SI Status P2 Processor 1 and Processor 2 r9872 Status (Processor 1 + Processor 2) Bit No. r9872 Status (Processor 2) Bit No. [2810.3] 0 1 = STO selected on Processor 1 [2810.3] 0 1 = STO selected on Processor 2 & 0 1 = STO selected in drive [2810.7] 1 1 = STO active on Processor 1 [2810.6] 1 1 = STO active on Processor 2 & 1 1 = STO active in drive ... [2802.7] [2802.8] [2802.5] [2810.3] ...
PAGE 563
Kl.16 CU DI status r0722 r0722 .4 <1> T 1 = STOP A [2802.8] & 1 = Enable PROFIsafe (P1) p9601.3 SI status P1 [2804.2] r9772 r9772.1 1 = STO active on Control Unit 1 1 = Shutdown paths must be tested +5 V 1 1 Power Module SI status P1+P2 r9773 r9773.31 0 Timer for forced checking procedure & 1 = Enable STO via p9601.0 terminals (P1) A01699 "Shutdown paths must be tested" SI FrcdCkProcTimer 0.00 ... 9000.00 [h] p9659 (8.
PAGE 564
2812 – Basic Functions, F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 SI STO t_debou P1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p9651 (1.00) +24V OUT =1 Kl.16 DI4 Kl.69 DI COM Kl.17 DI5 Kl.34 DI COM2 Kl.28 [2810.4] & F-DI0 GND SI STO t_debou P2 0.00 ... 100000.00 [μs] p9851 (0.00) F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input 1 2 Safety Integrated Basic Functions, F-DI: Fail-safe Digital Input 3 4 5 6 FP_2812_97_63.vsd 13.12.
PAGE 565
Fig. 2-64 2820 – SI Motion, SLS: Safely-Limited Speed © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 SI Mtn ramp t P1 10.00 ... 99000.00 [ms] p9582 (250.00) SI Mtn integ STW r9720 SLS deselection [2840.4] r9720 .4 SI Mtn rp t_del P2 10000.00 ... 99000000.00 [μs] p9382 (250000.00) SI Mtn ramp ref P1 600.0000 ... 24000.0000 [1/min] p9581 (1500.0000) <2> T 1 <2> 0 Safe brake-ramp monitoring <1> SI Mtn SLS t P1 0.00 ... 600000.
PAGE 566
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2825 – SI Motion, SS1: Safe Stop 1, Internal STOP A, B, F SI Mtn ramp ref P1 600.0000 ... 24000.0000 [1/min] p9581 (1500.0000) SI Mtn ramp t P1 10.00 ... 99000.00 [ms] p9582 (250.00) SI Mtn integ STW r9720 SS1 deselection [2840.4] r9720 .1 1 T 0 SI Mtn rp t_mon P1 0.50 ... 1000.00 [s] p9583 (10.00) Safe brake-ramp monitoring STO initiate SI Mtn rp t_del P2 10000.00 ... 99000000.
PAGE 567
Fig. 2-66 Bit No. [2810.3] 2834 – SI Motion, Status words © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Status word Safety Integrated Prozessor 1 [2810.7] Status (Processor 1) SI status P1 r9772 r9772 Status word Safety Integrated Prozessor2 Bit No. Status (Processor 2) 0 1 = STO selected on Prozessor 1 [2810.3] 0 1 = STO selected on Prozessor 2 & 1 1 = STO active on Prozessor 1 [2810.
PAGE 568
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2840 – SI Motion, PROFIsafe Control word and Status word Bit No. PROFIsafe status word SI Mtn integ stat r9722 r9722 [2855.3] 0 1 = STO deselection r9720.0 [2855.3] [2855.5] 0 1 = STO active r9722.0 [2855.5] [2855.3] 1 1 = SS1 deselection r9720.1 [2855.3] [2855.5] 1 1 = SS1 active r9722.1 [2855.
PAGE 569
Fig. 2-68 2846 – SI Motion, Parameter Manager © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Changing safety parameters SI Mtn act CRC P1 r9728 SI Mtn setp CRC P1 p9729 <3> Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 = 95 SI password inp p9761 Enter password Safety parameter p9300 ... p9399 p9500 ... p9599 p10002 ...
PAGE 570
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 2850 – SI Motion, Fail-safe Digital Inputs (F-DI0 ... F-DI2) Kl.5 DI0 Kl.6 DI1 SI DI t_debounceP1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p10017 (1.00) SI DI status P1 r10051 r10051.0 T =1 0 C01770 Discrepancy error F-DI0 & SI DI t_debounceP2 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p10117 (1.00) SI DI t_debounceP1 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p10017 (1.00) Kl.7 DI2 Kl.8 DI3 SI DI status P2 r10151 r10151.
PAGE 571
Fig. 2-70 2855 – SI Motion, Safe State selection © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 F-DI assignment [Source plan] [2850.8] [2850.8] [2850.8] [Source plan] SI STO F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10122 (0) SI SS1 F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10123 (0) SI SLS F-DI P2 0 ... 255 p10126 (0) SI SDI pos DI P2 0 ... 255 p10130 (0) SI SDI neg DI P2 0 ... 255 p10131 (0) SI ackn int evt P2 0 ...
PAGE 572
Function diagrams Setpoint channel 2.
PAGE 573
Fig. 2-71 3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 STW setpoint chan p1020 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.0 STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan p1022 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 0.000 n_set_fixed 1 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1001 [D] (0.000) n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1002 [D] (0.
PAGE 574
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 STW setpoint chan p1022 n_setp_fix status r1025 n_set_fixed 1 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1001 [D] (0.000) 0001 n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1002 [D] (0.
PAGE 575
Fig. 2-73 3020 – Motorized potentiometer © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Data save active 0 1 Automatic mode 0 Ramp-function generator active 1 0 1 Mop configuration - ... p1030 [D] (0000 0110 bin) Initial rounding-off active 0 1 Save in NVRAM active 0 1 Ramp-function generator is 0 always active 1 2 3 4 Mop raise p1035 [C] (0) Mop lower p1036 [C] (0) STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198.
PAGE 576
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging PcCtrl active r0807.0 [2501.2] Setpoint from external OP or operating tool STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .9 p1056 Main setpoint eff [1/min] r1073 Main setpoint <4> p1070 [C] (755[0]) Total setpoint eff [1/min] 1 + + Main setp scal p1071 [C] (1) r1078 0 0 0 0 Total setp p1109 [C] (0) <3> 1 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ...
PAGE 577
Fig. 2-75 3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 STW setpoint chan p1113 r1198 [2505.2] r1198 .11 STW setpoint chan r1198 p1111 [2505.2] r1198 .6 STW setpoint chan r1198 [2505.2] r1198.5 p1110 1 = Direction reversal 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation n_limit setp 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1063 [D] (210000.000) [3030.
PAGE 578
-1 -1 n_limit pos eff [1/min] r1084 Min 0 [6030.1] [6640.5] [8010.2] -1 <2> n_Max 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1082 [D] (1500.000) y w n_min 0.000 ... 19500.000 [1/min] p1080 [D] (0.000) n_limit RFG pos p1051 [C] (1083[0]) w Maximum limiting active [3080.4] 1 0 -1 n_set n. min_lim [1/min] r1112 w Setp after limit [1/min] r1114 [3040.8] [3020.6] [3060.4] [3070.4] Reference value for the rampfunction generator RFG setp at inp [1/min] r1119 y w x [3060.1] [3070.
PAGE 579
Fig. 2-77 3060 – Basic ramp-function generator © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 RFG ramp-down time OFF3 t_RD 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] 0.000 ... 5400.000 [s] p1121 [D] (10.000) p1135 [D] (0.000) <4> RFG ramp-up time 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] p1120 [D] (10.000) [2634.8] 0 = Internal fast stop 0 1 1 = Bypass ramp-function generator <3> 0 STW setpoint chan p1122 r1198 [2505.7] r1198 .15 [3080.
PAGE 580
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator 1 = Bypass ramp-function generator STW setpoint chan <4> p1122 r1198 [2505.7] r1198.15 1 = Enable frequency setpoint STW seq_ctrl p1142 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .6 [3050.8] [2634.8] 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Ramp flattening-off Freeze ramp-function generator y 1 IR x Tup p1082 1 0 0 STW seq_ctrl <1> p1141 r0898 0 = Freeze ramp[2501.7] r0898 .
PAGE 581
Fig. 2-79 r0898 r0898.6 Hochlaufgeber freigeben (von STW Ablaufsteuerung) STW seq_ctrl n_ctrl n_set 1 p1155 [C] (0) <2> <3> Ramp-function generator selection 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 [2501.7] n_ctrl n_set 2 p1160 [C] (0) <2> r0898.4 [2501.
PAGE 582
Function diagrams V/f control 2.
PAGE 583
Linear Fig. 2-80 6300 – V/f characteristic and voltage boost © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 ECO Mode Mot f_rated 0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz] p0310 [D] (0.00) U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ...
PAGE 584
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 6310 – Resonance damping and slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) f_res damp Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) [1690.7] + Brake f_start -300.00 ... 300.00 [%] p1351 [D] (0.00) Slip comp scal 0.0 ... 600.0 [%] p1335 [D] (0.0) Iq_act [Aeff] r0078 [6714.8] Brake f_start p1352 [C] (1351[0]) <2> Slip comp lim val 0.00 ... 600.
PAGE 585
Vdc_max (V/f control) 6320 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (PM230 / PM240) Vdc_ctr config U/f 0 ... 3 <2> p1280 [D] (1) Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl Kp 0.00 ... 100.00 p1290 [D] (1.00) Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1292 [D] (10) Vdc_min outp_lim 0.00 ... 600.00 [Hz] p1293 [D] (600.00) <1> 0 1,3 + 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 1 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level 0 Vdc_max on_level [V] r1282 Vdc_max dyn_factor 1 ... 10000 [%] p1283 [D] (100) Vdc_max SenseOnLev 0 ..
PAGE 586
Function diagrams Vector control 2.
PAGE 587
Fig. 2-83 6030 – Speed setpoint, droop © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Droop input source 0 ... 3 p1488 [D] (0) n_ctrl I-M_output [Nm] [6040.8] r1482 M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] r1508 3 Droop M_comp scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1487 [D] (100.0) Droop M_comp p1486 [C] <2> (0) Droop input <1> Droop scaling 0.000 ... 0.500 p1489 [D] (0.050) 2 [6060.5] 1 M_set total [Nm] [6060.
PAGE 588
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 6031 – Pre-control balancing, acceleration model ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [D] (1.000) a_before scaling 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.0) 0 Acceleration calculation 1 Calculated accelerating torque [6060.1] 0 n_C n_act T_s SLVC 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.00) a_before scaling 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.
PAGE 589
Fig. 2-85 n_ctrl SLVC Tn 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1472 [D] (20.0) <1> Kp_n_basic Tn_n_adapt From Kp/Tn adaptation [6050.7] 6040 – Speed controller © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 n_ctrl SLVC Kp 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1470 [D] (0.300) Tn_n_basic Kp_n_adapt [6490.7] n_ctrl config 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active p1400.5 n_ctrl config p1400.0 [6490.
PAGE 590
[6490.7] Adapt_factor upper 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1459 [D] (100.0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 6050 – Kp_n/Tn_n adaption n_ctrl Adpt_sig Kp p1455 [C] (0) Free Tn adaptation active (p1400.6) y 1 0 x 1 Adapt_factor lower 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1458 [D] (100.0) x n_ctrl AdaptKpLow <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1456 [D] (0.00) n_ctrl AdaptKp up <1> 0.00 ... 400.00 [%] p1457 [D] (0.
PAGE 591
Fig. 2-87 6060 – Torque setpoint © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 M_suppl 1 p1511 [C] (0) <5> 0 + M_suppl 1 scal p1512 [C] (0) + M_suppl 2 scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1514 [D] (100.0) STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898.8 M_suppl 2 p1513 [C] (0) M_suppl total [Nm] r1515 1 p1400.14 1 = Torque pre-control <1> 1 1 = Speed controller enable <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[0] Calculated accelerating torque [6031.8] [6490.
PAGE 592
Vdc_ctrl Kp <1> 0.00 ... 100.00 Vdc_ctr config vec p1250 [D] (1.00) 0 ... 3 p1240 [D] (1) <2> Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1252 [D] (0) 0 1,3 + 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 1 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor 1 ... 10000 [%] p1243 [D] (100) Vdc_max SenseOnLev 0 ... 1 p1254 (1) <2> Vdc_ctrl output [Aeff] r1258 Vdc controller 1 active [6710.2] Iq_max V_connect 1 ...
PAGE 593
Fig. 2-89 Speed control configuration Bit No. 6490 – Speed control configuration © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 n_reg Konfig p1400[D] Meaning 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active 1 [6040.3] 01 1 = Sensorless vector control, freeze I component 0 [6040.3] 02 Reserved 03 Reserved 04 Reserved 05 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active 1 [6040.3] 06 1 = Free Tn adaptation active 0 [6050.
PAGE 594
Bit No. 6491 – Flux control configuration © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 1 2 Vector control Flux control configuration Factory setting Meaning 00 1 = Flux setpoint, soft starting active 0 [6722.3] 01 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active 1 [6723.
PAGE 595
Fig. 2-91 6630 – Upper/lower torque limit © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Upper torque limit M_max upper -1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p1520 [D] (0.00) M 2 1 n M_max up w/o offs [Nm] r1526 M_max upper p1522 [C] (1520[0]) ! <1> M_max upper scal p1528 [C] (1524[0]) M_max up/mot scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1524 [D] (100.0) Lower torque limit 3 M_max lower scal p1529 [C] (1525[0]) M_max lower scal -2000.0 ... 2000.
PAGE 596
Kp from speed controller [6040.5] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 6640 – Current/power/torque limits [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] Iq stall calculation I_max reduction Min Iq_max total [Aeff] r1533 x x2 [6730.4] I_max Power Module [6731.4] [6723.8] [3050.8] r1087 + + - n_limit neg eff [1/min] y2 y Id_set total n_limit pos eff [1/min] [3050.
PAGE 597
Fig. 2-93 6710 – Current setpoint filter © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 [6220.8] Iq_max 1 [6640.8] 0 Isq_max [Aeff] r1536 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.15 Iq_min 1 [6220.8] [6640.8] 0 Isq_min [Aeff] r1537 M_set total [Nm] r0079 [6060.8] M [6721.1] Iq [6730.1] [6732.1] Isq_s T_smth FW 0.1 ... 50.0 [ms] p1654 [D] (4.8) 3 4 5 6 FP_6710_97_51.vsd 13.12.2010 V4.
PAGE 598
<2> U_quad_decoupl [Veff] r1729 Flux setp total [%] <1> [6723.1] r1598 <2> [6724.1] U_soll 1 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 6714 – Iq and Id controllers Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting U_dir-axis_decoupl [Veff] r1728 U_max 1 [6723.4] <1> [6724.4] <2> Isd_ctrl I_limit [Veff] r1725 Isd_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1702 [D] (70.0) <2> Id_set [Aeff] r0075 <1> [6723.5] Id_set total <2> [6721.
PAGE 599
Fig. 2-95 6721 – Id setpoint (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 r1751.0 from the model control From Id_field weakening [6724] Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] p0327 [D] (90.0) Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 Id_setp total [Aeff] r1624 0 MIN [6714] Id_inject [6714] I_set T_smooth 4 ... 10000 [ms] p1616 [D] (40) To current controller 1 Load angle correction Id_set Iabs 2 Iq 2 M Iq (r1407.2) [6640.5] [6710.
PAGE 600
Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [D] (0.000) [6640.1] Flux setpoint 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.8 y [2526.2] n_act [1/min] [6730.1] r0063[0] Flux ctrl config p1401.1 1 = Flux setpoint soft starting active Flux ctrl config p1401.2 1 = Flux build-up control active Flux ctrl config p1401.6 1 = Quick magnetizing ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.4 [2526.2] Quick magnetizing active [6723.
PAGE 601
Fig. 2-97 6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller (ASM, p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Drv filt type mot Pulse freq setp Modulator mode 0 ... 10 0 ... 4 2.000 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1802 [D] (0) p0230 (0) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1803 [D] (106.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_max 1 Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 [6714.8] U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_reserve dyn 0.
PAGE 602
Modulator mode 0 ... 10 p1802 [D] (0) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1803 [D] (106.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 6724 – Field weakening controller (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) U_max 1 [6714.8] U_output max [Veff] r0071 Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 U_reserve dyn 0.0 ... 150.0 [Veff] p1574 [D] (10.0) <1> [6640.1] Mot I_mag_rtd act [Aeff] r0331 [D] Field_ctrl Tn 10 ...
PAGE 603
Fig. 2-99 [6723.1] [6799.1] Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage U_output [Veff] r0072 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Power Module Control Unit [6799.1] 2 [1690.8] [6714.8] U_set + Pulse enable HW Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6799.1] U U_angle f_Slip r0065 Current model [6310.5] Precontrol speed [6030.8] Vibration damping + n_act [1/min] r0063[0..
PAGE 604
Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) U_output [Veff] r0072 Modulat_depth [%] [6799.1] r0074 [6799.1] 2 U_set [6714.8] [6714.8] Pulse enable HW U U_angle Current model Precontrol speed n_act [1/min] [6030.8] r0063[0] p1764 Vibration damping + PWM ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 [2526.2] f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6310.1] [6799.
PAGE 605
Fig. 2-101 6799 – Display signals © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 n_set before filt. [1/min] r0060 [6730.1] n_act [1/min] r0063[0] [6730.4] [6731.4] n_set smth [1/min] r0020 100 ms n_act smooth [1/min] r0021 100 ms Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6714.8] Id_act [Aeff] r0076 [6714.
PAGE 606
Function diagrams Free Function Blocks 2.
PAGE 607
Fig.
PAGE 608
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7210 – AND (AND function block with 4 inputs) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20040 (9999) AND 2 inputs p20038 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 0 output Q r20031 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20033 (10) AND 3 AND 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20036 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20044 (9999) AND 3 inputs p20042 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 1 output Q r20035 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 609
Fig. 2-104 7212 – OR (OR function block with 4 inputs) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 OR 0 inputs p20046 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 1 inputs p20050 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 OR 2 OR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20056 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 2 inputs p20054 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 output Q r20047 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20049 (60) OR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20057 (80) OR 1 OR 3 OR 1 RTG 1 ..
PAGE 610
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7214 – XOR (XOR function block with 4 inputs) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20072 (9999) XOR 2 inputs p20070 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 0 output Q r20063 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20065 (110) XOR 3 XOR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20068 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20076 (9999) XOR 3 inputs p20074 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 1 output Q r20067 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 611
Fig. 2-106 7216 – NOT (inverter) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 NOT 0 input I p20078 (0) NOT 0 NOT 3 NOT 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20092 (9999) I NOT 1 input I p20082 (0) NOT 3 input I p20090 (0) NOT 0 inv output r20079 I NOT 1 NOT 4 NOT 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20084 (9999) NOT 4 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 612
ADD 0 inputs p20094 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 SUB 0 + ADD 0 output Y r20095 Y SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20104 (9999) SUB 0 inputs p20102 [0] [1] ADD 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20097 (210) ADD 1 ADD 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20100 (9999) ADD 1 inputs p20098 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 + X1 X2 X1 - X2 Y SUB 0 difference Y r20103 SUB 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20105 (240) ADD 1 output Y r20099 Y SUB 1 ADD 1 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20101 (220) ADD 2 SUB 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20108 (9999) ADD 2 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 613
Fig. 2-108 7222 – MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 MUL 0 DIV 0 DIV 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20121 (9999) MUL 0 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 614
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7224 – AVA (absolute value generators) AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 input X p20128 (0) Y X SN AVA 0 output Y r20129 AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20136 (9999) AVA 1 input X p20133 (0) Y X SN AVA 1 output Y r20134 AVA 1 input neg SN r20135 AVA 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 615
Fig. 2-110 7225 – NCM (numerical comparator) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 NCM 0 NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs p20312 [0] [1] X1 X2 > = < QU QE QL X1 > X2 X1 = X2 X1 < X2 r20313 NCM 0 output QU r20314 NCM 0 output QE r20315 NCM 0 output QL r20319 NCM 1 output QU r20320 NCM 1 output QE r20321 NCM 1 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20317 (820) NCM 1 NCM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 616
PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) PLI 0 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) PLI 0 input X p20372 (0) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) A18/B18 Y A19/B19 X Xn X A0/B0 PLI 0 Y-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20375 (0.0000) PLI 0 output Y r20373 Y Yn A1/B1 PLI 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20377 (980) PLI 1 PLI 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20382 (9999) PLI 1 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20380 (0.
PAGE 617
Fig. 2-112 7230 – MFP (pulse generator), PCL (pulse shortener) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 MFP 0 MFP 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20141 (9999) MFP 2 MFP 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20139 (0.00) MFP 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20357 (9999) MFP 2 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20355 (0.
PAGE 618
PDE 2 PDE 0 t_del ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20159 (0.00) PDE 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20337 (9999) PDE 2 t_del ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20335 (0.00) T PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 (0) T I 0 T Q PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 (0) PDE 0 output Q r20160 T I PDE 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20162 (430) I PDE 1 t_del ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20164 (0.00) T PDE 3 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20342 (9999) PDE 3 t_del ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20340 (0.00) 0 T Q PDE 3 inp_pulse I p20339 (0) PDE 1 output Q r20165 2 T I PDE 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 619
Fig. 2-114 7233 – PDF (switch-out delay) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 PDF 0 PDF 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20171 (9999) PDF 2 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20169 (0.00) PDF 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20347 (9999) PDF 2 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20345 (0.00) T PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 (0) 0 I T T Q PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 (0) PDF 0 output Q r20170 0 I T PDF 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20172 (460) PDF 2 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 620
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7234 – PST (pulse extender) PST 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20181 (9999) PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20179 (0.00) T PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse [0] Reset input [1] T I R PST 0 output Q r20180 Q PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20186 (9999) PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 60000.00 p20184 (0.
PAGE 621
Fig. 2-116 7240 – RSR (RS flipflop), DFR (D flipflop) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 RSR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20191 (9999) RSR 0 RSR 0 inputs p20188 Set [0] Reset [1] DFR 0 inputs p20198 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 0 output Q r20189 Q S R DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20201 (9999) DFR 0 RSR 0 inv outp QN r20190 QN Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 622
BSW 0 inputs p20208 [0] [1] NSW 0 BSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20212 (580) I0 0 I1 Q 1 NSW 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20221 (9999) NSW 0 inputs p20218 [0] [1] BSW 0 output Q r20210 I BSW 0 sw_setting p20209 (0) X0 0 X1 BSW 1 inputs p20213 [0] [1] BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 (0) NSW 1 I0 0 Q 1 NSW 0 output Y r20220 I NSW 0 sw_setting p20219 (0) BSW 1 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20217 (590) I1 Y 1 BSW 1 BSW 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20216 (9999) NSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20222 (610) NSW 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 623
Fig. 2-118 7260 – LIM (limiter) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 LIM 0 LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 input X p20228 (0) LIM 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20229 (0.0000) LU LIM 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20230 (0.0000) LL LIM 0 QU r20232 QU X Y QL LIM 0 QL r20233 QU LIM 1 QU r20240 LIM 0 output Y r20231 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20235 (640) LIM 1 LIM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 624
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7262 – PT1 (smoothing element) PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20248 (9999) PT1 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20254 (9999) PT1 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 625
Fig. 2-120 7264 – INT (integrator), DIF (differentiating element) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 INT 0 INT 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20264 (9999) INT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20265 (700) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) INT 0 inputs p20256 Input [0] Set value [1] TI X SV INT 0 acc set val p20260 (0) S INT 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20257 (0.0000) LU INT 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ...
PAGE 626
LVM 1 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7270 – LVM (limit value monitor) LVM 0 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20268 (0.0000) LVM 0 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20269 (0.0000) L M LVM 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 627
Function diagrams Technology functions 2.
PAGE 628
Current actual values I_act abs val [Aeff] [6714] r0068[0..1] © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7017 – DC brake (p0300 = 1) n_act n_set DCBRK config 0 ... 14 p1231 [D] (0) DCBRK Akt p1230 [C] (0) Pulse disable p1234 <3> 14 4 t |I_set| OFF The parameters of the I_max current controller are also used. I_max_U_ctrl Kp I_max_U_ctrl Tn 0.000 ... 100000.000 0.000 ... 50.000 [s] p1345 [D] (0.000) p1346 [D] (0.
PAGE 629
Function diagrams Technology controller 2.
PAGE 630
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 7950 – Fixed values, binary selection (p2216 = 2) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 23 0.00 % 0000 Tec_ctr fix val 1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) Tec_ctr fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctr fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2203 [D] (30.00) Tec_ctr fix val 4 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2204 [D] (40.
PAGE 631
Fig. 2-124 7951 – Fixed values, direct selection (p2216 = 1) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) Tec_ctr fix val 1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) Tec_ctr fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.
PAGE 632
Data save active 0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active 0 1 Without initial rounding. With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly.
PAGE 633
Fig. 2-126 7958 – Closed-loop control © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Tec_ctrl set1 scal 0.00 ... 100.00 [%] p2255 (100.00) ZSW cl-loop ctrl Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] r2260 Tec_ctr set aftFlt [%] Tec_ctrl error [%] r2262 r2273 Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Tec_ctrl set T Tec_ctrl fault inv p2263 = 1 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] 0.000 ... 60.000 [s] 0 ... 1 p2257 (1.00) p2261 (0.
PAGE 634
Function diagrams Signals and monitoring functions 2.
PAGE 635
Fig. 2-127 F07901 "motor overspeed" n_limit neg eff [1/min] 8010 – Speed signals 1 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 From setpoint limiting n_limit pos eff [1/min] r1084 [3050.8] r1087 n_act [1/min] r0063 [1] 0 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.6 [2534.3] n n [6799.4] |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) n_act_filt T 0 ...
PAGE 636
ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.3 [2534.3] n_act >= 0 1 8011 – Speed signals 2 0 <1> 0 n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [1/min] p2150 [D] (2.00) n_set for msg p2151 [C] (1170[0]) 1 [3080.8] 0 n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) <1> © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [1/min] p2150 [D] (2.00) n_thresh val 4 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2163 [D] (90.
PAGE 637
0 1 T Ramp-function generator operating Load monit n_act p3230 [C] <1> (0) ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .10 1 0 & ZSW n_ctrl 0 [2522.7] Mot lock n_thresh n_act smth message [1/min] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2175 [D] (120.00) r2169 [8010.2] 1 [6060.8] Mot lock t_del p2177 1 20 r1407 r1407 .7 M_thresh val 1 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2174 [D] (5.13) M_set total [Nm] r0079 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode p1300 Mot stall enab neg p2144 [C] (0) T 5,6, 19 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .6 [2536.3] 0..
PAGE 638
p2149.1 1 M_act [Nm] r0080[0] [6799.8] M [Nm] 0 8013 – Load monitoring) M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2190 [D] (0.00) Load monit config Load monit resp 0 ... 3 0 ... 6 p2193 [D] (1) Load monit t_del p2181 [D] (0) 0.00 ... 65.00 [s] p2192 [D] (10.00) Tolerance bandwidth r2198 r2198 .11 0 0 1 M_thresh 2 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2187 [D] (10000000.
PAGE 639
Fig. 2-131 Thermal monitoring for the power module Maximum power module temperature T_max heatsink 1 1 = Fault thermal overload in power module ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2135 r2135.13 [2548.
PAGE 640
Mot temp [°C] r0035 MotTMod T_amb. [°C] r0630 [D] Thermal 3-mass-model (for induction motors only) MotTMod T_core [°C] r0631 [D] MotTMod T_copper [°C] r0632 [D] Mot_temp flt thr 0.0 ... 240.0 [°C] p0605 [D] (145.0) MotTMod T_Rotor [°C] r0633 [D] Mot temp response 0 ... 2 p0610 [D] (1) <4> 1 Fault response & 0 Mot_temp al thr 0.0 ... 240.0 [°C] p0604 [D] (130.0) 1650 <5> Mot_temp_sens type 0 ...
PAGE 641
Fig. 2-133 8017 – Thermal I2t motor model (PEM, p0300 = 2xx) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 I2t mot_mod thresh 0.0 ... 220.0 [°C] p0615 [D] (180.0) Therm Mot_mod conf - ... p0612 [D] (0010 bin) 1 [8016.6] 0 Mot I_standstill 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Aeff] p0318 [D] (0.00) Thermal I²t motor model (only for synchronous machine) I_act abs val [Aeff] r0068[0] not smoothed model model I2t mot_mod T 0 ...
PAGE 642
1 0 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 8020 – Monitoring functions 1 0 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 1 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 + ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.2 [2511.6] 1 0 ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.6 [2511.6] 0 1 n_standst n_thresh p1226 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 -1 n_act [1/min] r0063 Pulse suppr t_del p1228 1 0 1 0 Vdc thresh val p2172 Vdc act val [V] r0070 [6730.1] [6731.1] [6732.
PAGE 643
Fig. 2-135 Del compar n_5 p2158 1 n_act smth message [1/min] r2169 [8010.2] 0 T 0 8021 – Monitoring functions 2 © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 n_thresh val 5 p2157 n_thresh val 5 p2157 Del compar n_5 p2158 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 1 0 0 n_thresh val 6 p2159 T 1 T 0 0 n_thresh val 6 p2159 1 T 0 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.3 |n_act| > p2159 M_thrsh comp T_del p2176 1 T ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.
PAGE 644
Function diagrams Faults and warnings 2.
PAGE 645
Fig. 2-136 8060 – Fault buffer © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 LED "RDY" [= red for fault] 1 ms t_System relative 0 ...
PAGE 646
0 = "No alarm present" Alarm code [8060.1] Operating time Alarm value Alarm time "come" Alarm time "removed" Alarm times 8065 – Warning buffer STW fault/alarm p2112 r2138 [2546.7] r2138.10 Counter 16 bit Alarm 1 (oldest) r2122[0] r2124[0] [I32] r2134[0] [Float] r2123[0] [ms] r2145[0] [d] r2125[0] [ms] r2146[0] [d] Alarm 2 r2122[1] r2124[1] [I32] r2134[1] [Float] r2123[1] [ms] r2145[1] [d] r2125[1] [ms] r2146[1] [d] STW fault/alarm p2116 r2138 [2546.7] r2138.
PAGE 647
Fig. 2-138 8070 – Fault/warning trigger word (r2129) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Message trigger 0 ... 65535 p2128 (0) [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [15] 15. Fault/alarm code Trigger word r2129 r2129 r2129.0 0. Message/signal present 1. Message/signal present Fault/alarm trigger word (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) r2129.1 15. Message/signal present r2129.
PAGE 648
Fault response 0 ... 6 p2101 (0) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 8075 – Fault/warning configuration [0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault response [1] 1. Fault code [1] Fault response Msg_no Msg_type 0 ... 65535 p2118 (0) Message type 1 ... 3 p2119 (1) 0 = NONE [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [0] Fault/alarm type 1 = Fault 1 = OFF1 [1] 1.
PAGE 649
Function diagrams Data sets 2.
PAGE 650
© Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) BI: p0810 = "0" CDS0 selected r0836.0 = 0 BI: p0810 = "1" CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 1 t t CDS0 effective r0050.0 = 0 Target CDS p0809[1] (1) Source CDS p0809[0] (0) CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 1 Start copy process p0809[2] (0) CDS selected r0836 r0836 .0 r0836.1 t CDS select., bit 0 p0810 (0) CDS count 2 ... 4 p0170 (2) CDS select.
PAGE 651
Fig. 2-141 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 Copy DDS, target p0819[1] (1) Copy DDS, source Copy DDS, start p0819[0] (0) p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 r0837.0 r0837.1 DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) DDS select., bit 0 p0820 [C] (0) DDS select., bit 1 p0821 [C] (0) DDS3 A07530 "Drive data set does not exist" DDS2 DDS1 DDS effective r0051 r0051.0 r0051.
PAGE 653
Faults and Alarms 3 Contents 3.1 Faults and Alarms – Overview 3-654 3.
PAGE 654
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1 Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1.1 General information Indicating fault and alarm messages (faults and alarms) A message comprises a letter followed by the relevant number. The letter characterizes the message type and has the following meaning:  A means "Alarm"  F means "Fault"  N means "No Report" or "Internal Report"  C means Safety message Brackets including the letters A, F, or N indicate that the message type can be changed, e.g.
PAGE 655
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview Differences between faults and alarms The differences between faults and alarms are as follows: Table 3-1 Differences between faults and alarms Type Faults Description What happens when a fault occurs?  The appropriate fault reaction is triggered.  Status bit ZSW1.3 is set.  The fault is entered in the fault buffer. How are faults eliminated?  Remove the original cause of the fault.  Acknowledge the fault.
PAGE 656
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1.2 Fault reactions Specifies the default reaction when a fault occurs. The optional brackets indicate whether the default fault reactions can be changed and which fault reactions can be adjusted via parameters (p2100, p2101). The following fault reactions are defined: Table 3-2 Fault reactions List PROFIdrive Reaction Description NONE - None No reaction when a fault occurs.
PAGE 657
Faults and Alarms Faults and Alarms – Overview 3.1.3 Acknowledgement of faults The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been remedied. The optional brackets indicate whether the default acknowledgement can be changed and which acknowledgement can be adjusted via parameter (p2126, p2127). Table 3-3 Acknowledgement of faults Acknowledgement POWER ON Description The fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON process (switch drive unit off and on again).
PAGE 658
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms 3.2 List of Faults and Alarms Product: SINAMICS G120 CU240, Version: 4402100, Language: eng, Objects: CU240B-2, CU240B-2 DP, CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP, CU240E-2 DP F, CU240E-2 F F01000 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945).
PAGE 659
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms N01004 (F, A) Internal software error Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - read out diagnostics parameter (r9999). - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 660
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01015 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 661
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01018 Booting has been interrupted several times Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: Module booting was interrupted several times. Possible reasons for booting being interrupted: - POWER OFF of the module. - CPU crash. - USER data invalid. After this fault is output, then the module is booted with the factory settings. Remedy: Power down the module and power it up again.
PAGE 662
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01033 Units changeover: Reference parameter value invalid Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When changing over the units to the referred representation type, it is not permissible for any of the required reference parameters to be equal to 0.0 Fault value (r0949, parameter): Reference parameter whose value is 0.0.
PAGE 663
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01037 (A) ACX: Re-naming the parameter back-up file unsuccessful Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Re-naming after saving a parameter back-up file in the non-volatile memory was unsuccessful. One of the parameter back-up files to be re-named had the "read only" attribute. The parameter back-up files are saved in the directory \USER\SINAMICS\DATA. It is possible that the non-volatile memory is defective.
PAGE 664
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01039 (A) ACX: Writing to the parameter back-up file was unsuccessful Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) IMMEDIATELY Writing to at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** in the non-volatile memory was unsuccessful. - In the directory /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/ at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** has the "read only" file attribute and cannot be overwritten. - There is not sufficient free memory space available.
PAGE 665
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01043 Fatal error at project download Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fatal error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: Device status cannot be changed to Device Download (drive object ON?). 2: Incorrect drive object number. 8: Maximum number of drive objects that can be generated exceeded.
PAGE 666
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A01066 Buffer memory: 70% fill level reached or exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The non-volatile buffer memory for parameter changes is filled to at least 70%. This can also occur if the buffer memory is active (p0014 = 1) and parameters are continually changed via a fieldbus system. Remedy: If required, de-activate and clear the buffer memory (p0014 = 0). If required, clear the buffer memory (p0014 = 2).
PAGE 667
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01107 Save to memory card unsuccessful Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A data save to the memory card was not able to be successfully carried out. - Memory card is defective. - Insufficient space on memory card. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The file on the RAM was not able to be opened. 2: The file on the RAM was not able to be read. 3: A new directory could not be created on the memory card.
PAGE 668
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01250 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-only data Reaction: NONE (OFF2) Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: Error when reading the read-only data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON. - replace the Control Unit.
PAGE 669
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01512 BICO: No scaling available Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Unit (e.g. corresponding to SPEED) for which an attempt was made to determine a factor. Remedy: Apply scaling or check the transfer value.
PAGE 670
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01600 SI P1: STOP A initiated Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: OFF2 IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 1 has detected an error and initiated a STOP A. - forced checking procedure of the safety shutdown path on processor 1 unsuccessful. - subsequent response to fault F01611 (defect in a monitoring channel). Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 0: Stop request from processor 2.
PAGE 671
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms N01620 (F, A) SI P1: Safe Torque Off active Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The "Safe Torque Off" (STO) function has been selected on processor 1 using the input terminal and is active. Note: This message does not result in a safety stop response. Remedy: Not necessary.
PAGE 672
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01650 SI P1: Acceptance test required Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 1 requires an acceptance test. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 130: Safety parameters for processor 2 not available. Note: This fault value is always output when Safety Integrated is commissioned for the first time.
PAGE 673
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01653 SI P1: PROFIBUS configuration error Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) There is a PROFIBUS configuration error for using Safety Integrated monitoring functions with a higher-level control. Note: For safety functions that have been enabled, this fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
PAGE 674
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01659 SI P1: Write request for parameter rejected Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The write request for one or several Safety Integrated parameters on processor 1 was rejected. Note: This fault does not result in a safety stop response. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The Safety Integrated password is not set. 2: A reset of the drive parameters was selected.
PAGE 675
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01663 SI P1: Copying the SI parameters rejected Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: One of the following values is saved in p9700 or was entered offline: 87 or 208. This is the reason that when booting, an attempt is made to copy SI parameters from processor 1 to processor 2. However, no safety-relevant function has been selected on processor 1 (p9501 = 0, p9601 = 0). This is the reason that copying is not possible.
PAGE 676
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01680 SI Motion P1: Checksum error safety monitoring functions Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The actual checksum calculated by the drive and entered in r9728 via the safety-relevant parameters does not match the reference checksum saved in p9729 at the last machine acceptance. Safety-relevant parameters have been changed or a fault is present. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
PAGE 677
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F01683 SI Motion P1: SLS enable missing Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The safety-relevant function "SLS" is not enabled in p9501 although other safety-relevant monitoring functions are enabled. Note: This fault does not result in a safety stop response. Remedy: Enable the function "SLS" (p9501.0) and carry out a POWER ON.
PAGE 678
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A01696 (F) SI Motion: Testing of the motion monitoring functions selected when booting Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The test of the motion monitoring functions was already illegally active when booting. This is the reason that the test is only carried out again after selecting the forced checking procedure parameterized in p9705. Note: This message does not result in a safety stop response.
PAGE 679
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C01700 SI Motion P1: STOP A initiated Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive is stopped via a STOP A (pulses are suppressed via the safety shutdown path of processor 1). Possible causes: - stop request from processor 2. - Pulses not suppressed after test stop selection. - subsequent response to the message C01706 "SI Motion P1: SAM/SBR limit exceeded".
PAGE 680
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C01711 SI Motion P1: Defect in a monitoring channel Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: When cross-checking and comparing the two monitoring channels, the drive detected a difference between the input data or results of the monitoring functions and initiated a STOP F. One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions - i.e. safe operation is no longer possible.
PAGE 681
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms Remedy: 245: Encoderless actual value sensing minimum current (p9588/p9388). 246: Voltage tolerance acceleration (p9589/p9389). 247: SDI tolerance (p9564/p9364). 248: SDI positive upper limit (0x7fffffff). 249: Position actual value (r9713) - SDI tolerance. 250: Position actual value (r9713) + SDI tolerance. 251: SDI negative lower limit (0x80000001). 252: SDI stop response (p9566/p9366). 253: SDI delay time (p9565/p9365).
PAGE 682
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms - reduce the minimum current (p9588). Re message value = 1042: - increase the ramp-function generator ramp-up/down time (p1120/p1121). - check that the current/speed control is set correctly (torque-generating/field-generating current and actual speed value may not fluctuate). - reduce the dynamic response of the setpoint value. - increase the minimum current (p9588). Re message value = 1043: - increase the voltage tolerance (p9589).
PAGE 683
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C01712 SI Motion P1: Defect in F-IO processing Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: When cross checking and comparing the two monitoring channels, the drive detected a difference between parameters or results of the F-IO processing and initiated a STOP F. One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions - i.e. safe operation is no longer possible.
PAGE 684
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C01716 SI Motion P1: Tolerance for safe motion direction exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The tolerance for the "safe motion direction" function was exceeded. The drive is stopped as a result of the configured stop response (p9566). Message value (r9749, interpret decimal): 0: Tolerance for the "safe motion direction positive" function exceeded.
PAGE 685
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C01798 SI Motion P1: Test stop running Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The test stop is active. Remedy: Not necessary. The message is withdrawn when the test stop is finished. C01799 SI Motion P1: Acceptance test mode active Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The acceptance test mode is active. Remedy: Not necessary. The message is withdrawn when exiting the acceptance test mode.
PAGE 686
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A01945 PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher failed Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: NONE NONE For PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer, the connection to at least one Publisher has failed. Alarm value (r2124, binary interpretation): Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection failed. ... Bit 15 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[15], connection failed. Check the PROFIBUS cables.
PAGE 687
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F02151 (A) OA: Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: An internal software error has occurred within an OA application. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline. - replace the Control Unit.
PAGE 688
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F03505 (N, A) CU: Analog input wire breakage Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The input current of the analog input has undershot the threshold value parameterized in p0761[0...3]. This fault only occurs when p0756[0...1] = 1 (2 ... 10 V with monitoring) or p0756[0...2] = 3 (4 ... 20 mA with monitoring) is set.
PAGE 689
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A05002 (N) Power unit: Air intake overtemperature Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For chassis power units, the following applies: The alarm threshold for the air intake overtemperature has been reached. For air-cooled power units, the threshold is 42 °C (hysteresis 2 K). The response is set using p0290. If the air intake temperature increases by an additional 13 K, then fault F30035 is output.
PAGE 690
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F06922 Braking resistor phase failure Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Phase failure of a braking resistor detected. Fault values: 11 = phase U 12 = phase V 13 = phase W See also: p3235 (Phase failure signal motor monitoring time) Remedy: Check the feeder cables to the braking resistors.
PAGE 691
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07016 Drive: Motor temperature sensor fault Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP2) IMMEDIATELY An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0601. Possible causes: - wire breakage or sensor not connected (KTY: R > 2120 Ohm). - measured resistance too low (PTC: R < 20 Ohm, KTY: R < 50 Ohm). Note: If alarm A07015 is present, the time in p0607 is started.
PAGE 692
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07083 Macro: ACX file not found Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The ACX file (macro) to be executed was not able to be found in the appropriate directory. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Parameter number with which the execution was started. See also: p0015, p0700, p1000, p1500 Remedy: - check whether the file is saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card.
PAGE 693
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07200 Drive: Master control ON command present Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The ON/1 command is present (no 0 signal). The command is either influenced via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control. Remedy: Switch the signal via binector input p0840 (aktueller CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control to 0.
PAGE 694
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07331 Flying restart: Function not supported Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: It is not possible to power up with the motor rotating (no flying restart). In the following cases, the "flying restart" function is not supported: Perm.-magnet synch. motors (PEM): operation with U/f char. and sensorless vector control. Remedy: Cancel the "flying restart" function (p1200 = 0).
PAGE 695
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07406 (N, A) Drive: Kinetic buffering maximum time exceeded Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The maximum buffer time (p1255 and p1295 for vector drives with U/f control) has been exceeded without the line supply having returned. Remedy: Check the time threshold for Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering) (p1255, p1295).
PAGE 696
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07416 Drive: Flux controller configuration Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The configuration of the flux control (p1401) is contradictory. Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal): ccbbaaaa hex aaaa = Parameter bb = Index cc = fault cause 1: Quick magnetizing (p1401.6) for soft starting (p1401.0). 3: Quick magnetizing (p1401.6) for Rs identification after restart (p0621 = 2). Remedy: Re fault cause = 1: - Shut down soft start (p1401.0 = 0).
PAGE 697
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07530 Drive: Drive Data Set DDS not present Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The selected drive data set is not available (p0837 > p0180). The drive data set was not changed over. See also: p0180 (Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS)), p0820 (Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0), p0821 (Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1), r0837 (Drive Data Set DDS selected) Remedy: - select the existing drive data set. - set up additional drive data sets.
PAGE 698
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07802 Drive: Infeed or power unit not ready Reaction: OFF2 (NONE) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: After an internal power-on command, the infeed or drive does not signal ready. - monitoring time is too short. - DC link voltage is not present. - associated infeed or drive of the signaling component is defective. - supply voltage incorrectly set. Remedy: - increase the monitoring time (p0857). - ensure that there is a DC link voltage.
PAGE 699
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07850 (F) External alarm 1 Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The BICO signal for "external alarm 1" was triggered. The condition for this external alarm is fulfilled. See also: p2112 (External alarm 1) Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this alarm. A07851 (F) External alarm 2 Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The BICO signal for "external alarm 2" was triggered. The condition for this external alarm is fulfilled.
PAGE 700
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07901 Drive: Motor overspeed Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRAKE) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The maximum permissible speed was either positively or negatively exceeded.
PAGE 701
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07910 (N) Drive: Motor overtemperature Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: KTY or no sensor: The measured motor temperature or the temperature of the thermal model has exceeded the alarm threshold (p0604). The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active. PTC or bimetallic NC contact: The response threshold of 1650 Ohm was exceeded or the NC contact opened. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 11: No output current reduction.
PAGE 702
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07924 Drive: Torque/speed too high Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) IMMEDIATELY For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic (too high). For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too high). - check the connection between the motor and load. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load.
PAGE 703
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07936 Drive: load failure Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The load monitoring has detected a load failure. Remedy: - check the sensor. - if necessary, de-activate the load monitoring (p2193).
PAGE 704
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07969 Drive: Incorrect pole position identification Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: Current controller limited 2: Motor shaft locked. 10: Stage 1: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low. 11: Stage 2: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low.
PAGE 705
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07980 Drive: Rotating measurement activated Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The rotating measurement (automatic speed controller optimization) is activated. The rotating measurement is carried out at the next power-on command. See also: p1960 (Rotating measurement selection) Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears automatically after the speed controller optimization has been successfully completed or for the setting p1900 = 0.
PAGE 706
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07984 Drive: Speed controller optimization, moment of inertia Reaction: Acknowledge: Cause: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) IMMEDIATELY A fault has occurred while identifying the moment of inertia. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition. 2: The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active. 3.
PAGE 707
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F07986 Drive: Rotating measurement ramp-function generator Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: During the rotating measurements, problems with the ramp-function generator occurred. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 1: The positive and negative directions are inhibited. Remedy: For fault value = 1: Enable the direction (p1110 or p1111).
PAGE 708
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A07994 (N) Drive: motor data identification not performed Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Motor data identification has not yet been performed with the actual data set. The alarm is only initiated when changing the data set (see r0051) in the following cases: - vector control is parameterized in the data set that has been newly selected (p1300 >= 20).
PAGE 709
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F08702 (A) CAN: RPDO Timeout Reaction: OFF3 (NONE, OFF1, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The monitoring time of the CANopen RPDO telegram has expired because the bus connection was either interrupted or the CANopen Master was switched-off. Remedy: - check the bus cable - check the master. - If required, increase the monitoring time (p8699).
PAGE 710
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A08757 CAN: Set COB-ID invalid Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For online operation, the appropriate COB-ID must be set invalid before mapping. Example: Mapping for RPDO 1 should be changed (p8710[0]). --> set p8700[0] = C00006E0 hex (invalid COB-ID) --> set p8710[0] as required. --> p8700[0] enter a valid COB-ID Remedy: Set the COB-ID to invalid.
PAGE 711
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30002 Power unit: DC link voltage, overvoltage Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an overvoltage condition in the DC link. - motor regenerates too much energy. - line supply voltage too high. - line phase interrupted. - DC-link voltage control switched off. - dynamic response of DC-link voltage controller excessive or insufficient. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): DC link voltage at the time of trip [0.
PAGE 712
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30005 Power unit: Overload I2t Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit was overloaded (r0036 = 100 %). - the permissible rated power unit current was exceeded for an inadmissibly long time. - the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): I2t [100 % = 16384]. Remedy: - reduce the continuous load. - adapt the load duty cycle. - check the motor and power unit rated currents.
PAGE 713
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30015 (N, A) Power unit: Phase failure motor cable Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A phase failure in the motor feeder cable was detected. The signal can also be output in the following cases: - The motor is correctly connected, but the drive has stalled in V/f control. In this case, a current of 0 A is possibly measured in one phase due to asymmetry of the currents.
PAGE 714
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30022 Power unit: Monitoring U_ce Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: In the power unit, the monitoring of the collector-emitter voltage (U_ce) of the semiconductor has responded. Possible causes: - fiber-optic cable interrupted. - power supply of the IGBT gating module missing. - short-circuit at the power unit output. - defective semiconductor in the power unit.
PAGE 715
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30027 Power unit: Precharging DC link time monitoring Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit DC link was not able to be pre-charged within the expected time. 1) There is no line supply voltage connected. 2) The line contactor/line side switch has not been closed. 3) The line supply voltage is too low. 4) Line supply voltage incorrectly set (p0210).
PAGE 716
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A30031 Power unit: Hardware current limiting, phase U Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Hardware current limit for phase U responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - fault in the motor or in the power cables. - the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length. - motor load too high - power unit defective.
PAGE 717
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A30034 Power unit: Internal overtemperature Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The alarm threshold for internal overtemperature has been reached. If the temperature inside the unit continues to increase, fault F30036 may be triggered. - ambient temperature might be too high. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0 = 1: Control electronics range. Bit 1 = 1: Power electronics range.
PAGE 718
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A30042 Power unit: Fan operating time reached or exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The maximum operating time of the fan in the power unit is set in p0252. This message indicates the following: Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): 0: The maximum fan operating time is 500 hours. 1: The maximum fan operating time has been exceeded. Remedy: Replace the fan in the power unit and reset the operating hours counter to 0 (p0251 = 0).
PAGE 719
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30071 No new actual values received from the Power Module Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: More than one actual value telegram from the power unit module has failed. Remedy: Check the interface (adjustment and locking) to the power unit module.
PAGE 720
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30081 Power unit: Switching operations too frequent Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has executed too many switching operations for current limitation. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame). - U/f operation: Up ramp set too low. - U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit. - power cables are not correctly connected.
PAGE 721
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30611 SI P2: Defect in a monitoring channel Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 2 has detected a fault in the crosswise data comparison between the two monitoring channels and has initiated a STOP F. As a consequence of this fault, fault F30600 (SI P2: STOP A initiated) is output.
PAGE 722
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30625 SI P2: Sign-of-life error in safety data Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function on processor 2 has detected an error in the sign-of-life of the safety data and initiated a STOP A. - there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed. - a time slice overflow of the safety software has occurred.
PAGE 723
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30651 SI P2: Synchronization with Control Unit unsuccessful Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The drive-integrated "Safety Integrated" function requires synchronization of the safety time slices on processor 1 and processor 2. This synchronization was unsuccessful. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 724
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30662 Error in internal communications Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline. F30664 Error while booting Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An error has occurred during booting.
PAGE 725
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30680 SI Motion P2: Checksum error safety monitoring functions Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The actual checksum calculated by processor 2 and entered in r9398 over the safety-relevant parameters does not match the reference checksum saved in p9399 at the last machine acceptance. Safety-relevant parameters have been changed or a fault is present. Note: This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
PAGE 726
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30692 SI Motion P2: Incorrect parameter value encoderless Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: For encoderless motion monitoring functions, the parameter cannot be parameterized with this value. Note: This message does not result in a safety stop response. Fault value (r0949, decimal interpretation): Parameter number with the incorrect value.
PAGE 727
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C30706 SI Motion P2: SAM/SBR limit exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: Motion monitoring functions with set acceleration monitoring (p9306 = 3): SAM - safe acceleration monitoring. After initiating STOP B (SS1) the velocity has exceeded the selected tolerance. Motion monitoring functions with set brake ramp monitoring (p9306 = 1): SBR - Safe brake ramp monitoring.
PAGE 728
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C30712 SI Motion P2: Defect in F-IO processing Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: When cross checking and comparing the two monitoring channels, the drive detected a difference between parameters or results of the F-IO processing and initiated a STOP F. One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions - i.e. safe operation is no longer possible.
PAGE 729
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms C30770 SI Motion P2: Discrepancy error affecting the failsafe inputs Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The fail-safe digital inputs (F-DI) show a different state longer than that parameterized in p10002 / p10102. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0: Discrepancy error for F-DI 0 Bit 1: Discrepancy error for F-DI 1 ...
PAGE 730
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms N30800 (F) Power unit: Group signal Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The power unit has detected at least one fault. Remedy: Evaluate the other messages that are presently available. F30802 Power unit: Time slice overflow Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A time slice overflow has occurred. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 731
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms F30903 Power unit: I2C bus error occurred Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Communications error with an EEPROM or A/D converter. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): 80000000 hex: - internal software error. 00000001 hex ... 0000FFFF hex: - module fault. Remedy: Re fault value = 80000000 hex: - upgrade firmware to later version. Re fault value = 00000001 hex ...
PAGE 732
Faults and Alarms List of Faults and Alarms A50517 FBLOCKS: Int. meas. active Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A Siemens internal measurement has been activated. Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for the Control Unit involved.
PAGE 733
A Appendix Contents A.1 ASCII Table (excerpt) A-734 A.
PAGE 734
Appendix ASCII Table (excerpt) A.1 ASCII Table (excerpt) The following table contains the decimal and hexadecimal notation of selected ASCII indications.
PAGE 735
List of Abbreviations B Abbreviations used with the SINAMICS G120 Products: Abbreviation Meaning A AC Alternating Current A/D Analog Digital Converter ADR Address AFM Additional Frequency Modification AG Automation Unit AI Analog Input AK Request Identifier AO Analog Output AOP Advanced Operator Panel ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit ASP Analog Setpoint ASVM Asymmetric Space Vector Modulation B BCC Block Check Character BCD Binary-Coded Decimal Code BI Binector I
PAGE 736
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning CU Control Unit CW Clockwise D D/A Digital Analog Converter DC Digital Current DDS Drive Data Set DI Digital Input DIP DIP Switch DO Digital Output DP Distributed I/Os DS Drive State E ECD Equivalent Circuit Diagram EEC European Economic Community EEPROM Electrical Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMF Electromagnetic Force ES Engineering System F FAQ Fre
PAGE 737
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning H HIW Main Actual Value HMI Human Machine Interface HO High Overload (Constant Torque) HSW Main Setpoint HTL High-Threshold Logic I IASC Internal Armature Short-Circuit IBN Commissioning IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor I/O Input/Output IOP Intelligent Operator Panel J JOG Jogging K KDV Data Cross Check KIB Kinetic Buffering L LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LGE Length LO Light Overload (Variable Torque)
PAGE 738
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning PID Proportional Integral Differential PKE Parameter ID PKW Parameter ID Value Area (Parameter Kennung Wert) PLC Programmable Logic Control PM Power Module PM-IF Power Module Interface PPO Parameter Process Data Object PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PWE Parameter Value PWM Pulse Width Modulation pxxxx Write parameter PZD Process Data Area (Prozessdaten) Q QC Quick Commissioning R RAM Random Access Memory RCCB Residual Current C
PAGE 739
List of Abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning W WEA Automatic Restart Z ZSW Status Word ZUSW Additional Setpoint © Siemens AG 2011 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 / Control Units CU240B/E-2 Parameter Manual (LH11), 01/2011 B-739
PAGE 741
C Index Numbers 1020 Explanation of the symbols (Part 1), 2-494 1021 Explanation of the symbols (Part 2), 2-495 1022 Explanation of the symbols (Part 3), 2-496 1030 Handling BICO technology, 2-497 1520 PROFIdrive/PROFIBUS, 2-499 1530 Internal control/status words, data sets, 2-500 1550 Setpoint channel, 2-501 1690 Vector control, V/f control, 2-502 1700 Vector control, speed control and generation of the torque limits, 2-503 1710 Vector control, current control, 2-504 1750 Monitoring functions, faults, ala
PAGE 742
Index 2512 Control word 1 (r0054), 2-545 2513 Control word 2 (r0055), 2-546 2520 Control word, speed controller, 2-547 2522 Status word, speed controller, 2-548 2526 Status word, closed-loop control, 2-549 2530 Status word, current control, 2-550 2534 Status word, monitoring functions 1, 2-551 2536 Status word, monitoring functions 2, 2-552 2537 Status word, monitoring functions 3, 2-553 2546 Control word, faults/alarms, 2-554 2548 Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2, 2-555 2634 Sequence control - Missing e
PAGE 743
Index 6310 Resonance damping and slip compensation, 2-584 6320 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (V/f control, PM230/PM240), 2-585 6490 Speed control configuration, 2-593 6491 Flux control configuration, 2-594 6630 Upper/lower torque limit, 2-595 6640 Current/power/torque limits, 2-596 6710 Current setpoint filter, 2-597 6714 Iq and Id controllers, 2-598 6721 Id setpoint (PEM, p0300 = 2xx), 2-599 6722 Field weakening characteristic, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1), 2-600 6723 Field weakening controlle
PAGE 744
Index 8013 Load monitoring, 2-638 8014 Thermal monitoring, power module, 2-639 8016 Thermal monitoring, motor, 2-640 8017 Thermal I2t motor model (PEM, p0300 = 2xx), 2-641 8020 Monitoring functions 1, 2-642 8021 Monitoring functions 2, 2-643 8060 Fault buffer, 2-645 8065 Warning buffer, 2-646 8070 Fault/warning trigger word (r2129), 2-647 8075 Fault/warning configuration, 2-648 8560 Command Data Sets (CDS), 2-650 8565 Drive Data Sets (DDS), 2-651 9310 Configuration, addresses and diagnostics, 2-519 9342 ST
PAGE 745
Index Function diagrams Braking control Basic braking control, 2-558 Function diagrams Data sets Command Data Sets (CDS), 2-650 Drive Data Sets (DDS), 2-651 Function diagrams Faults and warnings Fault buffer, 2-645 Fault/warning configuration, 2-648 Fault/warning trigger word (r2129), 2-647 Warning buffer, 2-646 Function diagrams Fieldbus Interface Configuration, addresses and diagnostics, 2-519 Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO, 2-522 Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO, 2-523 Statu
PAGE 746
Index Function diagrams Overview Internal control/status words, data sets, 2-500 Monitoring functions, faults, alarms, 2-505 PROFIdrive/PROFIBUS, 2-499 Setpoint channel, 2-501 Vector control, current control, 2-504 Vector control, speed control and generation of the torque limits, 2-503 Vector control, V/f control, 2-502 Function diagrams PROFIdrive PROFIBUS, addresses and diagnostics, 2-526 PZD receive signals interconnection, 2-528 PZD send signals interconnection, 2-532 Receive telegram, free interconne
PAGE 747
Index Function diagrams Technology controller Closed-loop control, 2-633 Fixed values, binary selection (p2216 = 2), 2-630 Fixed values, direct selection (p2216 = 1), 2-631 Motorized potentiometer, 2-632 Function diagrams Technology functions DC brake (p0300 = 1), 2-628 Function diagrams V/f control Resonance damping and slip compensation, 2-584 V/f characteristic and voltage boost, 2-583 Function diagrams V/f control Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (V/f control, PM230/PM240), 2-585 Function diag
PAGE 748
Index P R Parameters Binector Input Parameters, 1-474 Binector Output, 1-478 Bit field, 1-14 Calculated, 1-11 Can be changed, 1-12 Command Data Sets, 1-464 Connector Input, 1-476 Connector Output, 1-479 Connector/Binector Output, 1-483 Data set, 1-12 Data type, 1-10 Dependency, 1-14 Description, 1-14 Drive Data Sets, 1-466 Index, 1-8, 1-14 List of all Parameters, 1-16 Long name, 1-9 Motor Data Sets, 1-471 Name, 1-9 Number, 1-8 Power module Data Sets, 1-474 Quick commissioning, 1-485 Recommendation, 1-14
PAGE 749
PAGE 750
Siemens AG Industry Sector Drive Technologies Motion Control Systems Postfach 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY Subject to change without prior notice © Siemens AG 2011 www.siemens.